WO2011061271A1 - Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors - Google Patents

Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011061271A1
WO2011061271A1 PCT/EP2010/067781 EP2010067781W WO2011061271A1 WO 2011061271 A1 WO2011061271 A1 WO 2011061271A1 EP 2010067781 W EP2010067781 W EP 2010067781W WO 2011061271 A1 WO2011061271 A1 WO 2011061271A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
pharmaceutically acceptable
acceptable salt
halo
disease
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2010/067781
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yuki Iwaki
Toshio Kawanami
Gary Michael Ksander
Muneto Mogi
Original Assignee
Novartis Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to UAA201206032A priority Critical patent/UA107092C2/en
Priority to DK10781884.1T priority patent/DK2501683T3/en
Priority to JP2012538365A priority patent/JP5543609B2/en
Priority to CUP2012000074A priority patent/CU24125B1/en
Priority to IN2465DEN2012 priority patent/IN2012DN02465A/en
Priority to NZ599136A priority patent/NZ599136A/en
Priority to CN201080052316.5A priority patent/CN102666493B/en
Priority to EP10781884.1A priority patent/EP2501683B1/en
Priority to BR112012011977-0A priority patent/BR112012011977A2/en
Priority to MA34949A priority patent/MA33886B1/en
Priority to EA201200763A priority patent/EA021479B1/en
Priority to AU2010320930A priority patent/AU2010320930B2/en
Application filed by Novartis Ag filed Critical Novartis Ag
Priority to CA2780150A priority patent/CA2780150C/en
Priority to SI201030649T priority patent/SI2501683T1/en
Priority to MX2012005813A priority patent/MX2012005813A/en
Priority to KR1020127015833A priority patent/KR101460421B1/en
Priority to PL10781884T priority patent/PL2501683T3/en
Priority to ES10781884.1T priority patent/ES2481890T3/en
Priority to RS20140355A priority patent/RS53422B/en
Publication of WO2011061271A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011061271A1/en
Priority to ZA2012/02018A priority patent/ZA201202018B/en
Priority to TNP2012000125A priority patent/TN2012000125A1/en
Priority to IL219314A priority patent/IL219314A0/en
Priority to HK12110737.3A priority patent/HK1170475A1/en
Priority to HRP20140691AT priority patent/HRP20140691T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42—Oxazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06—Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/02—Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/28—Antiandrogens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/10—Antioedematous agents; Diuretics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D231/40—Acylated on said nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C07D257/06—Five-membered rings with nitrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/14—Nitrogen atoms

Definitions

  • Atrial natriuretic peptides also called atrial natriuretic factors (ANF) have diuretic, natriuretic and vasorelaxant functions in mammals.
  • ANF peptides is metabolically inactivated, in particular by a degrading enzyme which has been recognized to correspond to the enzyme neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11, also responsible for e.g. the metabolic inactivation of enkephalins.
  • NEP neutral endopeptidase
  • Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11 ; enkephalinase; atriopeptidase; NEP) is a zinc- containing metalloprotease that cleaves a variety of peptide substrates on the amino side of hydrophobic residues [see Pharmacol Rev, Vol. 45, p. 87 (1993)].
  • Substrates for this enzyme include, but are not limited to, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP, also known as ANF), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), met- and leu-enkephalin, bradykinin, neurokinin A, endothelin-1 and substance P.
  • ANP is a potent vasorelaxant and natriuretic agent [see J Hypertens, Vol. 19, p. 1923 (2001)]. Infusion of ANP in normal subjects resulted in a reproducible, marked enhancement of natriuresis and diuresis, including increases in fractional excretion of sodium, urinary flow rate and glomerular filtration rate [see J Clin Pharmacol, Vol. 27, p. 927 (1987)]. However, ANP has a short half-life in circulation, and NEP in kidney cortex membranes has been shown to be the major enzyme responsible for degrading this peptide [see Peptides, Vol. 9, p. 173 (1988)]. Thus, inhibitors of NEP (neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, NEPi) should increase plasma levels of ANP and, hence, are expected to induce natriuretic and diuretic effects.
  • NEPi neutral endopeptidase inhibitors
  • This enzyme is involved in the breakdown of several bioactive oligopeptides, cleaving peptide bonds on the amino side of hydrophobic amino acid residues.
  • the peptides metabolised include atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin gene- related peptide, endothelins, enkephalins, neurotensin, substance P and vasoactive intestinal peptide.
  • the aim of the present invention is to provide novel compounds which are useful as neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, e.g. as inhibitors of the ANF-degrading enzyme in mammals, so as to prolong and potentiate the diuretic, natriuretic and vasodilator properties of ANF in mammals, by inhibiting the degradation thereof to less active metabolites.
  • the compounds of this invention are thus particularly useful for the treatment of conditions and disorders responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.1 1.
  • the invention pertains to the compounds, methods for using them, and uses thereof as described herein.
  • Examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the compounds of the examples.
  • the invention therefore provides a compound of the formula ( ⁇ ):
  • X 1 is OH, -0-C 1-7 alkyl, -NR a R b , -NHS(0) 2 -C 1-7 alkyl or -NHS ⁇ 0) 2 -benzyl, wherein R a and R b for each occurrence are independently H or C 1-7 alkyl;
  • R 1 is H, alkyl or C 6-10 -aryl-C 1-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with benzyloxy, hydroxy or C 1-e alkoxy;
  • R 2 is independently C ⁇ s-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C 1-6 -alkyl, cyano or trifluorom ethyl;
  • a 2 is O or NR 5 ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • a 1 is a bond or C ⁇ alkylene chain
  • R 3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C 6-10 -aryl or C 3 _ 7 -cycloalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalkyi are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, halo, haloCi -6 alkyl, C ⁇ alkoxy, hydroxy, C0 2 H and C0 2 C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C -7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl or halo-Ci. 7 akyl; or R 4 , A -R 3 , together with the nitrogen to which R 4 and A 1 -R 3 are attached, form a 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl or a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl , each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of d-
  • n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
  • s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
  • the invention also provides a compound of the formula (I):
  • X 1 represent OH or 0-C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R 1 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 6- i 0 -aryl-C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is independently C 1-6 -alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C 1-6 -alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently H or d-e alkyl
  • a 1 is a bond or C 1-3 alkylene chain
  • R 3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C 6- i 0 -aryl or C 3 . 7 -cyc!oalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalky! are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, halo, haloCi. 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy, C0 2 H and C0 2 C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C -7 alkoxy, halo, Ci -7 alkyl or halo-d- akyl; or
  • s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
  • the compounds can potentiate the biological effects of bioactive peptides.
  • the compounds have utility in the treatment of a number of disorders, including hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrill
  • ESRD end-stage renal
  • the compounds of the invention may have activity in other therapeutic areas including for example the treatment of menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure).
  • the compounds of the invention should treat asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and athereosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders.
  • the invention pertains to a method for treating a disorders or diseases responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP), in a subject in need of such treatment, comprising: administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I -IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP) in the subject is treated.
  • the invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the invention pertains to combinations including, a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical combinations of one or more therapeutically active agents.
  • the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 in a subject in need thereof, comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I- IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 is inhibited.
  • alkyl refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched (or straight chain or linear) hydrocarbon moiety, comprising 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl examples include methyl, ethyl, 7-propyl, /sopropyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, so-butyl, fert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2- dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl.
  • C h alky refers to a hydrocarbon having from one to six carbon atoms.
  • alkylene refers to a divalent alkyl radical, wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
  • haloaikyi refers to an alkyl as defined herein, that is substituted by one or more halo groups as defined herein.
  • the haloaikyi can be monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyi or polyhaloalkyi including perhaloalkyl.
  • a monohaloalkyi can have one iodo, bromo, chloro or fiuoro within the alkyl group.
  • Dihaioalky and polyhaloalkyi groups can have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups within the alkyl.
  • the polyhaloalkyi contains up to 12, or 10, or 8, or 6, or 4, or 3, or 2 halo groups.
  • Representative examples of haloalkyl are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyi, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl,
  • a perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl having all hydrogen atoms replaced with halo atoms.
  • halo-C 1-6 alkyl refers to a hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms and being substituted by one or more halo groups.
  • alkoxy refers to alkyl-O-, wherein alkyl is defined herein above.
  • Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, ierf-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclopropyloxy-, cyclohexyioxy- and the like.
  • alkoxy groups have about 1-6, more preferably about 1-4 carbons.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups of 3-12 carbon atoms, preferably 3-8, or 3-7 carbon atoms.
  • exemplary monocyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyi, cyclopentenyl, cyc!ohexyl and cyciohexenyi.
  • Exemplary bicyclic hydrocarbon groups include bornyl, decahydronaphthyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl.
  • Exemplary tricyclic hydrocarbon groups include adamantyl.
  • the term "C 3 . 7 cycloakyl” refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • aryl also refer to a group in which the aromatic ring is fused to a cycloalkyl ring, where the radical of attachment is on the aromatic ring or on the fused cycloalkyl ring.
  • Representative examples of aryl are phenyl, naphthyl, hexahydroindyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • C 6-10 aryl refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • aryialkyl is an alkyl substituted with aryl.
  • Representative examples of arylaiky] are benzyl or Phenyi-CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • Ce- ⁇ aryl-C ⁇ alkyi refers to a
  • hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms which hydrocarbon is substituted with an aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl includes monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, containing from 5-10 ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and each heteroatoms is indepdendentiy selected from O, N or S wherein S and N may be oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • the system is fully aromatic (i.e. all rings are aromatic).
  • Typical monocyclic heteroaryi groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazoiyi, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1 , 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3- yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4
  • heteroaryi also refers to a group in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring or on the fused aryl ring.
  • bicyclic heteroaryi are indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinaxalinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenathrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, benzisoqinolinyl, thieno[2,3- b]furanyl, furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazinyl, 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H- imidazo[4,5-d] thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]
  • heterocyclyl or “heterocyclo” refers to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic (partially unsaturated) ring which is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic, and contains at least one heteroatom selected from O, S and N, where the N and S can also optionally be oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring system a non-aromatic ring system is defined as being a non-fully or partially unsaturated ring system. Therefore bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring systems includes heterocyclyl ring systems wherein one of the fused rings is aromatic but the other(s) is (are) non-aromatic.
  • heterocyclyl moiety represents a saturated monocyclic ring containing from 5-7 ring atoms and optionally containing a further heteroatom, selected from O, S or N.
  • the heterocyclic group can be attached at a heteroatom or a carbon atom.
  • the heterocyclyl can include fused or bridged rings as well as spirocyclic rings.
  • heterocycles include dihydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, dithianyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidine, dihydropyranyl, oxathiolanyl, dithiolane, oxathianyl, thiomorpholino, oxiranyl, aziridinyl, oxetanyl, oxepanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxapinyl, oxaazepanyl, oxathianyl, thiepanyi, azepanyl, dioxepanyl, and diazepanyl.
  • halogen includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine.
  • perhalogenated generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • heteroatom includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatom s are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus. In one embodiment the heteroatoms is selected from N, O and S.
  • Certain compounds of Formula ⁇ or I include compounds of Formula II:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , X 1 , A 1 , s and m have the definition of Formula f , supra.
  • the invention pertains to compounds of formula ⁇ , I or II wherein: X 1 represent OH or 0-C 1-6 -alkyl;
  • R 1 is H or alkyl
  • R 2 is independently C ⁇ -alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, Ci-e-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently H or alkyl
  • a 1 is a bond or C 1-3 alkylene chain
  • R 3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl or C6-io-aryl, wherein each heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl or halo-(V ? akyl;
  • n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
  • s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
  • the invention pertains to compounds of formula ⁇ , I or II wherein:
  • X 1 represent OH or O-C ⁇ -alkyl
  • R 1 is H or alkyl
  • R 2 is independently Ci. 6 -alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C ⁇ -alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently H or C 1-6 alkyl;
  • a 1 is a bond or C 1-3 alkylene chain;
  • R 3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, halo, haloC 1-e alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy, C0 2 H and C0 2 C 1-e alkyl;
  • R 6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C ⁇ alkoxy, halo, Ci -7 alkyl or halo-C ⁇ 7 akyl;
  • n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
  • s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
  • Certain compounds of Formula ⁇ or I include compounds of Formula III:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R e , X 1 , A 1 and s have the definition of Formula I, supra and X 2 is halo and p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , X 1 , A 1 , X 2 , s and p have the definition of Formulae I, II and III, supra.
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X 2 is a CI. In a further aspect of this embodiment p is 0.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is a bond or CH 2 . In a further embodiment A 1 is a bond.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 3 is an optionally substituted 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl.
  • R 3 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyranone (e.g. optionally substituted pyran-4-one, pyran-2-one such as 3-hydroxy-pyran-4-one, 3-hydroxy-pyran-2- one), pyrimidinone and pyridinone (e.g.
  • R 3 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole (e.g. 1- oxa-3,4-diazole, 1-oxa-2,4-diazole), oxadiazolone (e.g.
  • R 3 are oxazolone, thiazolone, oxadiazolone triazolone, oxazolone, imidazolone, pyrazolone.
  • the optional substituents on the heteroaryl are independently C 1-6 alkyl, halo, haloCvealkyl, C -6 alkoxy, hydroxy, C0 2 H or C0 2 C 1-e alkyl.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 3 is tetrazole.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • the optional substituents on phenyl are independently C ⁇ alkyl, halo, haloC ⁇ alkyl, C ⁇ alkoxy, hydroxy, C0 2 H or C0 2 C 1-6 alkyl.
  • phenyl is substituted with C0 2 H and further optionally substituted.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 1 is C-
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae I' and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is H.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R s is H.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae ⁇ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein s is 0.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , X 1 , A 1 , X 2 , m, s and p groups are those defined by the R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , X 1 , A 1 , X 2 , m, s and p groups in the Examples section below.
  • the structure of some of the compounds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry ⁇ e.g. , all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. Furthermore, the structures and other compounds and moieties discussed in this application also include all tautomers thereof.
  • the term “isomers” refers to different compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in arrangement and configuration of the atoms.
  • an optical isomer or “a stereoisomer” refers to any of the various stereo isomeric configurations which may exist for a given compound of the present invention and includes geometric isomers. It is understood that a substituent may be attached at a chiral center of a carbon atom. Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, diastereomers or racemates of the compound. "Enantiomers” are a pair of stereoisomers that are non- superimposable mirror images of each other.
  • a 1 :1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a "racemic" mixture.
  • the term is used to designate a racemic mixture where appropriate.
  • "Diastereoisomers” are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other.
  • the absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn- Ingold- Prelog R-S system. When a compound is a pure enantiomer the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon may be specified by either R or S.
  • Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or (-) depending on the direction (dextro- or levorotatory) which they rotate plane polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line.
  • Certain of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers or axes and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-.
  • the present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, including racemic mixtures, optically pure forms and intermediate mixtures.
  • Optically active (R) ⁇ and (S)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be E or Z configuration. If the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl substituent may have a cis- or trans-configuration. All tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon or the like) of the compound(s) of the present invention can be present in racemic or enantiomerically enriched, for example the (/?)-, (S)- or ⁇ R,S) ⁇ configuration.
  • each asymmetric atom has at least 50 % enantiomeric excess, at least 60 % enantiomeric excess, at least 70 % enantiomeric excess, at least 80 % enantiomeric excess, at least 90 % enantiomeric excess, at least 95 % enantiomeric excess, or at least 99 % enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)- configuration.
  • Substituents at atoms with unsaturated bonds may, if possible, be present in cis- (Z)- or trans- (£)- form.
  • a compound of the present invention can be in the form of one of the possible isomers, rotamers, atropisomers, tautomers or mixtures thereof, for example, as substantially pure geometric (cis or trans) isomers, diastereomers, optical isomers (antipodes), racemates or mixtures thereof.
  • any resulting racemates of final products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, e.g., by separation of the diastereomeric salts thereof, obtained with an optically active acid or base, and liberating the optically active acidic or basic compound.
  • a basic moiety may thus be employed to resolve the compounds of the present invention into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional
  • Crystallization of a salt formed with an optically active acid e.g., tartaric acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, diacetyl tartaric acid, di-0,0'-p-toluoyl tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid or camphor-10-sulfonic acid. Racemic products can also be resolved by chiral
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of this invention and, which typically are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • the compounds of the present invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids, e.g., acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bromide/hydrobromide, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulfate/sulfate, camphorsulfornate, chloride/hydrochloride, chlortheophyllonate, citrate, ethandisulfonate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hippurate, , hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurylsulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, mandelate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthoate, napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, octadecanoate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/di
  • Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, and the like.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases.
  • !norganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, ammonium salts and metals from columns I to XII of the periodic table.
  • the salts are derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, silver, zinc, and copper; particularly suitable salts include ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like.
  • Certain organic amines include isopropylamine, benzathine, cholinate, diethanolamine, diethylamine, lysine, meglumine, piperazine and tromethamine.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid.
  • a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate or the like
  • Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
  • use of non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile is desirable, where practicable.
  • any formula given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds.
  • any hydrogen represented by “H” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of hydrogen (e.g. H, 2 H or D, H);
  • any carbon represented by “C” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of carbon (e.g. 1 C, 13 C, 14 C);
  • any nitrogen represented by "N” is intended to represent all isotopic forms of nitrogen (e.g. 14 N, 1 S N).
  • isotopes that are included in the invention include isotopes of oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, fluorine, iodine and chlorine, such as 16 F 31 P, 2 P, 5 S, 36 CI, 125
  • the invention includes various isotopically labeled compounds as defined herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes, such as 3 H, 3 C, and 14 C are present.
  • the atoms in the formulae herein occur in their natural abundance.
  • one or more hydrogen atom may be enriched in 2 H; or/and one or more carbon atom may be enriched in 11 C, 13 C or 14 C; or/and one or more nitrogen may be enriched in 14 N.
  • Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (with 14 C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2 H or 3 H), detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • an 18 F or labeled compound may be particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopicaily labeled reagent.
  • isotopic enrichment factor means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope.
  • a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation).
  • Isotopically-enriched compounds of formulae I to IV can generally be prepared by
  • isotopically-enriched reagent in place of the non-enriched reagent previously employed.
  • solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D 2 0, d 6 -acetone, d 6 -DMSO.
  • Compounds of the invention i.e. compounds of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV that contain groups capable of acting as donors and/or acceptors for hydrogen bonds may be capable of forming co-crystals with suitable co-crystal formers. These co-crystals may be prepared from compounds of formula ⁇ , I, II, III, IV or V by known co-crystal forming procedures.
  • Such procedures include grinding, heating, co-subliming, co-melting, or contacting in solution compounds of formula I', I, II, III or IV with the co-crystal former under crystallization conditions and isolating co-crystals thereby formed.
  • Suitable co-crystal formers include those described in WO 2004/078163.
  • the invention further provides co-crystals comprising a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, and the like and combinations thereof, as would be known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289- 1329). Except insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or amelioration of a symptom, alleviation of a condition, slow or delay disease progression, or prevention of a disease, etc.
  • the term "a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1 ) at least partially alleviate, inhibit, prevent and/or ameliorate a condition, a disorder or a disease or a symptom thereof (i) ameliorated by the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reduce or inhibit the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 ; or at least partially reduce or inhibit the expression of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11
  • the term "subject" refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. A subject also refers to for example, primates ⁇ e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In yet other embodiments, the subject is a human.
  • the term “inhibit”, “inhibition” or “inhibiting” refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • the term “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder ⁇ i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof).
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient.
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, ⁇ e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both.
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • a subject is "in need of a treatment if such subject would benefit biologically, medically or in quality of life from such treatment.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also form internal salts, e.g., zwitterionic molecules.
  • the present invention also provides pro-drugs of the compounds of the present invention that converts in vivo to the compounds of the present invention.
  • a pro-drug is an active or inactive compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject.
  • the suitability and techniques involved in making and using pro-drugs are well known by those skilled in the art.
  • Prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. See The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Ch. 31-32 (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif., 2001).
  • bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds, which are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity.
  • Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e.g., that improve uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action. Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, and any released transport moiety is acceptably non-toxic.
  • Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of
  • lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of (a) hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxylic acids (e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety), or (b) carboxylic acid groups with lipophilic alcohols (e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols).
  • lipophilic carboxylic acids e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety
  • lipophilic alcohols e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols
  • prodrugs are, e.g., esters of free carboxylic acids and S-acyl derivatives of thiols and O-acyl derivatives of alcohols or phenols, wherein acyl has a meaning as defined herein.
  • Suitable prodrugs are often pharmaceutically acceptable ester derivatives convertible by solvolysis under physiological conditions to the parent carboxylic acid, e.g., lower alkyl esters, cycloalkyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, benzyl esters, mono- or di- substituted lower alkyl esters, such as the co-(amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, the a-(lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, such as the pivaloyloxymethyl ester and the like conventionally used in the art.
  • drugs containing an acidic NH group such as imidazole, imide, indole and the like, have been masked with N-acyloxymethyl groups (Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985)). Hydroxy groups have been masked as esters and ethers.
  • EP 039,051 (Sloan and Little) discloses Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs, their preparation and use.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their
  • the compounds of the invention can be synthesized using the methods described in the following schemes, examples, and by using art recognized techniques. All compounds described herein are included in the invention as compounds. Compounds of the invention may be synthesized according to at least one of the methods described in schemes 1-3.
  • protecting group a readily removable group that is not a constituent of the particular desired end product of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their cleavage reactions are described for example in standard reference works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999.
  • Salts of compounds of the present invention having at least one salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se.
  • organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate
  • Acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention are obtained in customary manner, e.g. by treating the compounds with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent.
  • Internal salts of compounds of the present invention containing acid and basic salt-forming groups, e.g. a free carboxy group and a free amino group, may be formed, e.g. by the neutralisation of salts, such as acid addition salts, to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or by treatment with ion exchangers.
  • Salts can be converted in customary manner into the free compounds; metal and ammonium salts can be converted, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
  • diastereoisomers can be separated in a manner known per se into the individual isomers; diastereoisomers can be separated, for example, by partitioning between polyphasic solvent mixtures, recrystallisation and/or chromatographic separation, for example over silica gel or by e.g. medium pressure liquid chromatography over a reversed phase column, and racemates can be separated, for example, by the formation of salts with optically pure salt-forming reagents and separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers so obtainable, for example by means of fractional crystallisation, or by chromatography over optically active column materials.
  • Intermediates and final products can be worked up and/or purified according to standard methods, e.g. using chromatographic methods, distribution methods, (re-) crystallization, and the like.
  • exchangers e.g. in the H+ form, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or of the reactants at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from about -100 °C to about 190 °C, including, for example, from approximately -80 °C to approximately 50 °C, for example at from -80 to -60 °C, at room temperature, at from -20 to 40 °C or at reflux temperature, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, where appropriate under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere.
  • mixtures of isomers that are formed can be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or into any desired mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomers, for example analogously to the methods described under "Additional process steps”.
  • solvents from which those solvents that are suitable for any particular reaction may be selected include those mentioned specifically or, for example, water, esters, such as lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, for example ethyl acetate, ethers, such as aliphatic ethers, for example diethyl ether, or cyclic ethers, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, acid amides, such as dimethylformamide or dimethyl acetamide, bases, such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine or /V-methylpyrrolidin-2- one, carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanoic acid anhydrides, for example acetic anhydride
  • the compounds, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals may, for example, include the solvent used for crystallization. Different crystalline forms may be present.
  • the invention relates also to those forms of the process in which a compound obtainable as an intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining process steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or is used in the form of a derivative, for example in a protected form or in the form of a salt, or a compound obtainable by the process according to the invention is produced under the process conditions and processed further in situ.
  • the compounds according to of formulae I to IV can be prepared according to the Schemes 1 to 7 provided infra.
  • the compounds of the invention of Formula ⁇ or I wherein X 1 is hydroxy can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate A wherein A 1 , R R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and m have the definition of Formula ⁇ or I, supra; and P 1 is an appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, or fert-butyl, or methoxybenzyl, or benzyl.
  • Standard methods can be applied for the hydrolysis of the intermediate A using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA, HCI, or BCI 3 .
  • a preferable method of the deprotection is hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as, but not limited to, pal ladium-on-carbon .
  • intermediate A is a compound of the invention of Formula I Or I wherein X 1 is O-alkyl.
  • Scheme 1 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate A.
  • the intermediate A can be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 1 wherein A 1 , P 1 , R ,R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , s and m are as previously defined.
  • the intermediate 3A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 1A wherein P 2 is an appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, f- butoxycarbony, benzyloxycarbony, fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, benzyl, or methoxybenzyl and wherein LG 1 is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, halo (e.g. bromo, chioro, or iodo) or trifluoromethanesuifonyloxy with an intermediate 2A wherein R 2 and m are as previously described and wherein BG is an appropriate groups selected from, but not limited to, boronic acid, trifluoroborate or boronic ester.
  • P 2 is an appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, f- butoxycarbony, benzyloxycarbony, fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, benzyl, or methoxybenzyl
  • LG 1 is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, hal
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 1 A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCI 2 (dppf) , Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 CI 2 , or Pd(OAc) 2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3 , or P(i-Bu) 3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na 2 C0 3r K 3 PO4, K 2 C0 3 , KF, CsF, NaO-i-Bu, or KO-i-Bu.
  • palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCI 2 (dppf) , Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 CI 2 , or Pd(OAc) 2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh 3 , dppf
  • the intermediate 4A can be prepared by appropriate protection of an intermediate 3A wherein P 3 is a protection group such as, but not limited to, i-butyl, methyl, benzyl, fluorenylmethyl, allyl or methoxybenzyl; followed by an appropriate deprotection of the P 2 group.
  • P 3 is a protection group such as, but not limited to, i-butyl, methyl, benzyl, fluorenylmethyl, allyl or methoxybenzyl
  • the intermediate 5A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 4A wherein R 2 , R 5 , R 6 , s, m, and P 3 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6A wherein R 1 and P are as previously defined above and wherein LG 2 is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, trifluoromethansulfonyloxy, toluenesulfonyloxy, methansulfonyloxy, iodo, bromo, and chloro, followed by deprotection of the P 3 using an appropriate method.
  • the intermediates 5A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 4A with an intermediate 6B wherein R 1 and P 1 are as defined above, followed by deprotection of the P 3 using an appropriate method.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 4A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine ⁇ e.g.
  • the intermediate A can be prepared by coupling an intermediate 5A wherein P 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 5 , R 6 , s and m are as previously described with an intermediate 7A wherein A 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are previously described.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding
  • oxazolidine-2,5-dione using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4- nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(0)0-isobutyl , 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride or propyl phosphonic acid anhydride cyclic trimer (T3P), followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g.
  • a base such as tertiary amine
  • the intermediate 5A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC),
  • DIC diisopropylcarbodiimide
  • EDC HCI 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • EDC HCI benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • BOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • BOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • Scheme 2 illustrates the synthesis of Intermediate 5A.
  • the intermediate 5A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 2 wherein BG, LG 1 , LG 2 , P 1 , P 3 , R 1 , R 2 , and m are as previously defined.
  • the intermediate 9A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 8 A where in LG 1 , R 5 , R 6 , s and P 3 are previously described with an intermediate 6A wherein R 1 , P 1 , and LG 2 are as previously described, followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P 3 .
  • the intermediates 9A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 8A with an intermediate 6B wherein P 1 and R 1 are as previously described, followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P 3 .
  • Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 8A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g.
  • the intermediate 5A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 9A wherein LG 1 , P 1 , R 5 , R 6 , R 1 and s with an intermediate 2A wherein BG, m, and R 2 are as previously described.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 9A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCI 2 (dppf) , or Pd(OAc) 2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3 , or P(i-Bu) 3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na 2 C0 3 , K 3 P0 4 , K 2 C0 3 , KF, CsF, NaO-i-Bu, or KO-i-Bu.
  • the intermediates 9A can also be prepared according to the following general procedure described in Scheme 3 wherein LG 1 , P 1 , P 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 1 and s are as previously describe
  • the intermediate 9A can be prepared by reductive amination of the intermediate 10A wherein LG 1 , R 6 , s and P 3 are as previously described with the
  • intermediate 11A wherein P 1 , R 5 and R 1 are as previously described.
  • Known reductive amination methods may be applied including a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH 4 , NaBH(OAc) 3 , or NaBH 3 CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO) 4 .
  • the intermediate 10A can be prepared according to the reported procedure. The illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in WO 2006015885.
  • the intermediate 5A can also be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 4 wherein m, P 1 , P 3 , R 1 , and R 2 are as previously described.
  • the intermediate 5A can be prepared by reductive amination of the intermediate 12A wherein m, P 3 , R 5 , R 6 , s, m and R 2 are as previously described with the intermediate 11A wherein P 1 , R 5 and R 1 are as previously described.
  • Known reductive amination methods may be applied including a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH 4 , NaBH(OAc) 3 , or NaBH 3 CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO) 4 .
  • the intermediates 12A can be prepared according to the reported procedure. The illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in WO 2006015885.
  • the intermediate A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 5 wherein A 1 , LG 2 , P 1 , P 2 , R 1 ,R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , s and m are as previously described.
  • the intermediate 13A can be prepared by coupling an intermediate 3A with an intermediate 7A.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(0)0-isobutyl or 2,4,6- trichlorobenzoyl chloride, followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.
  • the intermediate 3A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3-(3- dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HQ), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, or
  • the intermediate A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 13A with an intermediate 6A wherein LG 2 is as previously described.
  • the intermediates A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 13A with an intermediate 6B.
  • Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 13A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g.
  • the intermediates A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 6 wherein A 1 , BG, LG 1 , P ⁇ R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R e , s and m are as previously described.
  • an intermediate 14A can be prepared by coupling the intermediate 9A wherein LG 1 , P 1 , R 5 , R 6 , m, s and R 1 are as previously described with an intermediate 7A.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC ⁇ 0)0-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride, followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the
  • the intermediate 9A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3- ⁇ 3- dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HCI), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-trts- pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, or
  • the intermediate A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 14A wherein A 1 , LG 1 , P , R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , m, s and R 4 are as previously described with an intermediate 2A wherein R 2 , m, and BG are as previously described.
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 14A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCI 2 (dppf) , or Pd(OAc) 2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3t or P(f-Bu) 3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na 2 C0 3 , K 3 P0 4 , K 2 C0 3 , KF, CsF, NaO-f-Bu, or KO-f-Bu.
  • palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCI 2 (dppf) , or Pd(OAc) 2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3t or P(f-Bu) 3 and a base such as, but not limited to,
  • the intermediates 14A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 7 wherein A 1 , LG 1 , LG 2 , P 1 , P 2 , R ⁇ R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , s and m are as previously described.
  • an intermediate 15A can be prepared by coupling the intermediate 1A wherein P 2 , R 5 , R 6 , s and LG 1 are as previously described with an intermediate 7A wherein A 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as previously described followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P 2 .
  • Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 1A to corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 1A to corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 1 A to
  • the intermediate 1A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC),
  • DIC diisopropylcarbodiimide
  • EDC HCI 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • EDC HCI benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • BOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • BOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • the intermediate 14A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 15A wherein A 1 , LG , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , s and R 4 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6A wherein R 1 , P 1 , and LG 2 are as previously defined.
  • the intermediates 14A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 15A wherein A 1 , LG 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , s and R 4 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6B wherein R and P are as previously described.
  • Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 15A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g.
  • the invention further includes any variant of the present processes, in which an intermediate product obtainable at any stage thereof is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which the starting materials are formed in situ under the reaction conditions, or in which the reaction components are used in the form of their salts or optically pure antipodes.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be made up in a solid form (including without limitation capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories), or in a liquid form (including without limitation solutions, suspensions or emulsions).
  • compositions can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifers and buffers, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets or gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with
  • diluents e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine;
  • lubricants e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneg!ycol; for tablets also
  • lubricants e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneg!ycol
  • binders e.g., magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone; if desired
  • disintegrants e.g., starches, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and/or
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • compositions for oral administration include an effective amount of a compound of the invention in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
  • Tablets may contain the active ingredient in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil medium for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • compositions are aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions.
  • Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0,1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active ingredient.
  • compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with a suitable carrier.
  • Carriers suitable for transdermal delivery include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • compositions for topical application include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like.
  • topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art.
  • Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They may be conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
  • a dry powder either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids
  • the present invention further provides anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the compounds of the present invention as active ingredients, since water may facilitate the degradation of certain compounds.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
  • An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition may be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions are packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e. g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more agents that reduce the rate by which the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient will decompose.
  • agents which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers, etc.
  • pharmacological properties e.g. neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 modulating properties, e.g. as indicated in in vitro and in vivo tests as provided in the next sections and are therefore indicated for therapy.
  • Compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be useful in the treatment of an indication selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular
  • hypertrophy angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the therapy is selected from a disease which is associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
  • the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetis, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound of formula ⁇ I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in therapy.
  • the therapy is selected from a disease which may be treated by inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease which is associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity comprising administration of a therapeutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a
  • the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, rena! insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetis, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • the pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients.
  • the therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • the pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients.
  • the therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • the above-cited dosage properties are demonstrable in vitro and in vivo tests using advantageously mammals, e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys or isolated organs, tissues and preparations thereof.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be applied in vitro in the form of solutions, e.g., aqueous solutions, and in vivo either enterally, parenterally, advantageously intravenously, e.g., as a suspension or in aqueous solution.
  • the dosage in vitro may range between about 10 3 molar and 10 ⁇ 9 molar concentrations.
  • a therapeutically effective amount in vivo may range depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1-500 mg/kg, or between about 1-100 mg kg.
  • the activity of a compound according to the present invention can be assessed by the following in vitro & in vivo methods and/or by the following in vitro & in vivo methods well- described in the art. See A fluorescence lifetime- based assay for protease inhibitor profiling on human kallikrein 7 Doering K, Meder G, Hinnenberger M, Woelcke J, Mayr LM,
  • Recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (expressed in insect cells and purified using standard methods, final concentration 7 pM) is pre-incubated with test compounds at various concentrations for 1 hour at room temperature in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, containing 150 mM NaCI and 0.05 % (w/v) CHAPS.
  • the enzymatic reaction is started by the addition of a synthetic peptide substrate Cys(PT14)-Arg-Arg-Leu-Trp-OH to a final concentration of 0.7 ⁇ .
  • Substrate hydrolysis leads to an increase fluorescence lifetime (FLT) of PT14 measured by the means of a FLT reader as described by Doering et al. (2009).
  • the effect of the compound on the enzymatic activity was determined after 1 hour (t - 60 min) incubation at room temperature.
  • the IC50 values corresponding to the inhibitor concentration showing 50% reduction of the FLT values measured in absence of inhibitor, are calculated from the plot of percentage of inhibition vs. inhibitor concentration using nonlinear regression analysis software.
  • the compound of the present invention may be administered either simultaneously with, or before or after, one or more other therapeutic agent.
  • the compound of the present invention may be administered separately, by the same or different route of administration, or together in the same pharmaceutical composition as the other agents.
  • the invention provides a product comprising a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one other therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy.
  • the therapy is the treatment of a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
  • Products provided as a combined preparation include a composition comprising the compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) together in the same pharmaceutical composition, or the compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) in separate form, e.g. in the form of a kit.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and another therapeutic agent(s).
  • the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as described above.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the kit comprises means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet.
  • An example of such a kit is a blister pack, as typically used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
  • the kit of the invention may be used for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another.
  • the kit of the invention typically comprises directions for administration.
  • the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers. Moreover, the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of the physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the medicament is administered with a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides a compound of formula , I, III, III or IV, or a
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is prepared for administration with a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides a compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is administered with a compound of formula !', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides the use of a compound of formula , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the other therapeutic agent is selected from:
  • the other therapeutic agent is selected from: HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker (ARBs, angiotensin II receptor antagonist), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker (CCB), an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-i mimic, an antidiabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI), a CETP inhibitor and a
  • PDE5 phophodiesterase type 5
  • combination with a second agent or treatment includes coadministration of the compound of the invention (e.g., a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV or a compound otherwise described herein) with the second agent or treatment, administration of the compound of the invention first, followed by the second agent or treatment and administration of the second agent or treatment first, followed by the compound of the invention.
  • the compound of the invention e.g., a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV or a compound otherwise described herein
  • second agent includes any agent which is known in the art to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms of a disease or disorder described herein, e.g .a disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase, such as for example, hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non- diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supra
  • second agents examples include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-l mimics, antidiabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASt) and CETP inhibitors.
  • HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors examples include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-l mimics, antidiabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synth
  • HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor also called beta-hydroxy-beta- methylglutaryl-co-enzyme-A reductase inhibitors
  • active agents that may be used to lower the lipid levels including cholesterol in blood. Examples include atorvastatin, cerivastatin, compactin, dalvastatin, dihydrocotnpactin, fluindostatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pitavastatin, mevastatin, pravastatin, rivastatin, simvastatin, and velostatin, or,
  • ACE-inhibitor also called angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors
  • ACE-inhibitor includes molecules that interrupt the enzymatic degradation of angiotensin I to angiotensin II. Such compounds may be used for the regulation of blood pressure and for the treatment of congestive heart failure.
  • Examples include alacepril, benazepril, benazeprilat, captopril, ceronapril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, enaprilat, fosinopril, imidapril, lisinopril, moveltopril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, spirapril, temocapril, and trandolapril, or, pharmaceutically acceptables salt thereof.
  • endothelin antagonist includes bosentan (cf. EP 526708 A), tezosentan (cf. WO 96/19459), or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • renin inhibitor includes ditekiren (chemical name: [1 S- [1 R*,2R*,4f?*(1 R*,2R*)]]-1 -[(1 ,1 -dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-proly l-L-phenylalanyl-N-[2- hydroxy-5-methyl-1 -(2-methylpropyl)-4-[[[2-methyl-1 -[[(2- pyridinylmrthyl)amino]carbonyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]hexyl]-W-alfa-methyl-L-histidinamide); terlakiren (chemical name: [R-(R*,S*)]-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl-N-[1- (cyclo exylmethyl)-2-hydroxy-3-(1-methylethoxy)-3-oxopropyl]-S-methyl-L
  • aliskiren if not defined specifically, is to be understood both as the free base and as a salt thereof, especially a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, most preferably a hemi-fumarate salt thereof.
  • angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient which bind to the ATi -receptor subtype of angiotensin II receptor but do not result in activation of the receptor.
  • these antagonists can, for example, be employed as antihypertensives or for treating congestive heart failure.
  • the class of ATi receptor antagonists comprises compounds having differing structural features, essentially preferred are the non-peptidic ones.
  • Preferred AT receptor antagonist are those agents which have been marketed, most preferred is valsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • CCB calcium channel blocker
  • DHPs dihydropyridines
  • non- DHPs e.g., diltiazem-type and verapamil-type CCBs
  • Examples include amlodipine, felodipine, ryosidine, isradipine, lacidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, niguldipine, niludipine, nimodipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, and nivaldipine, and is preferably a non-DHP
  • CCBs may be used as anti-hypertensive, anti-angina pectoris, or anti-arrhythmic drugs.
  • diuretic includes thiazide derivatives (e.g., chlorothiazide,
  • hydrochlorothiazide hydrochlorothiazide, methylclothiazide, and chlorothalidon).
  • ApoA-l mimic includes D4F peptides (e.g., formula D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V- A-E-K-F-K-E-A-F)
  • anti-diabetic agent includes insulin secretion enhancers that promote the secretion of insulin from pancreatic ⁇ -cells.
  • insulin secretion enhancers include biguanide derivatives (e.g., metformin), sulfonylureas (SU) (e.g., tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide,
  • glibenclamide glyburide
  • gliclazide 1-butyl-3-metanilylurea, carbutamide, glibonuride, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxepid, glybuthiazole, glibuzole, glyhexamide, glymidine, glypinamide, phenbutamide, and to!ylcyclamide), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • phenylalanine derivatives e.g., nateglinide [N-(trans- 4-isopropylcyclohexy!carbonyl)-D-pheny!alanine] (cf. EP 196222 and EP 526171) of the formula
  • DPP-IV inhibitors include GLP-1 and GLP-1 agonists.
  • DPP-!V is responsible for inactivating GLP-1. More particularly, DPP-!V generates a GLP-1 receptor antagonist and thereby shortens the physiological response to GLP-1. GLP-1 is a major stimulator of pancreatic insulin secretion and has direct beneficial effects on glucose disposal.
  • the DPP-!V inhibitor can be peptidic or, preferably, non-peptidic.
  • DPP-!V inhibitors are in each case generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in WO 98/19998, DE 196 16 486 A1 , WO 00/34241 and WO 95/15309, in each case in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to these publications.
  • Preferred are those compounds that are specifically disclosed in Example 3 of WO 98/19998 and Example 1 of WO 00/34241 , respectively.
  • GLP-1 is an insu!inotropic protein which is described, e.g., by W E. Schmidt et al. in Diabetologia, 28, 1985, 704-707 and in US 5,705,483.
  • GLP-1 agonists includes variants and analogs of GLP-1 (7-36)NH 2 which are disclosed in particular in US 5,120,712, US 5,118666, US 5,512,549, WO 91/11457 and by C. Orskov et al in J. Biol. Chem. 264 (1989) 12826. Further examples include GLP-1 (7- 37), in which compound the carboxy-termina!
  • amide functionality of Arg 36 is displaced with G!y at the 37 th position of the GLP-1 (7-36) NH 2 molecule and variants and analogs thereof including GLN -GLP- 1 (7-37), D-GLN -GLP-1 (7-37), acetyl LYS 9 -GLP- 1(7-37), LYS 18 -GLP- 1 (7-37) and, in particular, GLP-1 (7-37)OH, VAL e -G LP- 1(7-37), GLY 8 -G LP- 1 (7-37), THR 8 - GLP-1(7-37), ET -GLP-1 (7-37) and 4-imidazopropionyl-GLP-1.
  • Special preference is also given to the GLP agonist analog exendin-4, described by Greig et al. in Diabetologia 1 ⁇ 9, 42, 45-50.
  • anti-diabetic agent insulin sensitivity enhancers which restore impaired insulin receptor function to reduce insulin resistance
  • Examples include hypoglycemic
  • thiazolidinedione derivatives e.g., glitazone, (S)- ⁇ 3,4-dihydro-2- ⁇ phenyl-methyl)-2H-1- benzopyran-6-yl)methyl-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (englitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(3- ⁇ 5-methyl-2-phenyl-4- oxazolyl)-1-oxopropyl)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -thiazolidine-2,4-dione (darglitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(1-methyl- cyclohexyl)methoxy)-phenyl]methyl ⁇ -thiazolidine-2,4-dione (ciglitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(2-(1 - indolyl)ethoxy)phenyl]methyl ⁇ -thiazolidine-2,4-dione (DRF2189), 5- ⁇ 4-[2-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-
  • insulin signalling pathway modulators like inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases), antidiabetic non-small molecule mimetic compounds and inhibitors of glutamine-fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT); compounds influencing a dysregulated hepatic glucose production, like inhibitors of giucose-6-phosphatase (G6Pase), inhibitors of fructose- 1 ,6-bisphosphatase ⁇ F-1 ,6-Bpase), inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase (GP), glucagon receptor antagonists and inhibitors of phosphoenoipyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK); pyruvate dehydrogenase kinase (PDHK) inhibitors; inhibitors of gastric emptying; insulin; inhibitors of GSK-3; retinoid X receptor (RXR) agonists; agonists of Beta-3 AR; agonists
  • PTPases protein tyros
  • oil-reducing agent includes lipase inhibitors (e.g., orlistat) and appetite suppressants (e.g., sibutramine and phentermine).
  • lipase inhibitors e.g., orlistat
  • appetite suppressants e.g., sibutramine and phentermine
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient that has the property to inhibit the production of aldosterone.
  • Aldosterone synthase (CYP11 B2) is a mitochondrial cytochrome P450 enzyme catalyzing the last step of aldosterone production in the adrenal cortex, i.e., the conversion of 11 -deoxycorticosterone to aldosterone.
  • the inhibition of the aldosterone production with so- called aldosterone synthase inhibitors is known to be a successful variant to treatment of hypokalemia, hypertension, congestive heart failure, atrial fibrillation or renal failure.
  • Such aldosterone synthase inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., US 2007/0049616).
  • the class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises both steroidal and non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitors, the later being most preferred.
  • the class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises compounds having differing structural features.
  • non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitor is the (+)-enantiomer of the hydrochloride of fadrozole US patents 4617307 and 4889861) of formula
  • a preferred steroidal aldosterone antagonist is eplerenone (cf. EP 122232 A) of the formula
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitors useful in said combination are compounds and analogs generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in US2007/0049616, in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to this publication.
  • Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 4-(6,7-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile; 5-(2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl)-6,7-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid (4-methoxybenzyl)methylamide; 4'-fluoro-6- (6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5W-imidazo[1 ,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 5-(4-Cyano-2- methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid butyl ester; 4-(6,7- Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazol-5-
  • aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in WO2008/076860, WO2008/076336, WO2008/076862, WO2008/027284, WO2004/046145, WO2004/014914, WO2001/076574.
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in U.S. patent applications US2007/0225232, US2007/0208035, US2008/0318978, US2008/0076794, US2009/0012068, US20090048241 and in PCT applications
  • Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 8-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5, 1-c1[1 ,4 oxazine; 4- (5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H- imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1 -c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8- yl)benzonitrile;
  • endothelin receptor blocker includes bosentan.
  • CETP inhibitor refers to a compound that inhibits the cholesteryi ester transfer protein (CETP) mediated transport of various cholesteryi esters and triglycerides from HDL to LDL and VLDL.
  • CETP inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343). Examples include compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343 and U. S. Pat. No.
  • 6,723,752 e.g., (2R)-3- ⁇ [3-(4-Chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3-(1 , 1 ,2,2- tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-amino ⁇ -1 , 1 ,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • compounds disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/807,838 polypeptide derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,548; rosenonolactone derivatives and phosphate-containing analogs of cholesteryi ester disclosed in J. Antibiot., 49(8): 815- 816 (1996), and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 6:1951- 1954 (1996), respectively.
  • the CETP inhibitors also include those disclosed in WO2000/017165, WO2005/095409 and WO2005/097806.
  • a prefered PDE5 inhibitor is Sildenafil.
  • Second agent of particular interest include Endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, antidiabetic agents such as DPPIV inhibitors, and aldosterone synthase inhibitors.
  • the invention provides a combination, in particular a
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the definition of formula I', I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more therapeutically active agents selected from HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE)
  • Inhibitors calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-l mimics, anti-diabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI) and CETP inhibitors.
  • the invention provides a method of inhibiting neutral
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disorder or a disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the definition of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disorder or a disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24. 1 activity, wherein the disorder or the disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac pulmonary vascular
  • the invention provides a compound according to the definition of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, for use as a medicament.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula ⁇ , I, II, III or IV, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject characterized by an activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4.
  • said disorder or disease is in particular selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis.atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial
  • hyperaldosteroneism primary and secondary
  • hypercalciuria hypercalciuria
  • ascites glaucoma
  • menstrual disorders preterm labour
  • pre-eclampsia endometriosis
  • reproductive disorders especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure
  • asthma obstructive sleep apnea
  • inflammation leukemia
  • pain epilepsy
  • affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion
  • obesity and gastrointestinal disorders especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome ⁇
  • wound healing especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores
  • septic shock gastric acid secretion dysfunction
  • hyperreninaemia cystic fibrosis
  • restenosis type-2 diabetes
  • metabolic syndrome diabetic complications and atherosclerosis
  • male and female sexual dysfunction especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure
  • asthma obstructive sleep ap
  • the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula I', I, II, III or IV, for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject characterized by an activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 , wherein the disorder or disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis,
  • scleroderma glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, ob
  • DAD diode array detector
  • DTT dithiothreitol
  • EDTA ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid
  • ESI electrospray ionization
  • HATU 0-(7-azobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3- HOBt: 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro phosphate
  • HPLC-RT high pressure liquid chromatography - chromatography and liquid retention time chromatography and mass
  • Ph Phenyl q: quartet
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • Tris HCI aminotris(hydroxymethyl) methane hydrochloride
  • the relative stereochemistry was determined using two dimensional NMR. Under the reaction conditions, the racemization of the stereocenter bearing the bis-phenylm ethyl group is not expected. Therefore the absolute stereochemistry was determined based on the relative stereochemistry and the stereochemistry of the center bearing the bisphenyl methyl group.
  • Example 1-1 Synthesis of (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-bipheny -yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Example 1 -14 (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1 -(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethoxy] -propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Example 3-1 (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic acid
  • Example 3-2 (S)-2-[(S)-2-(2 , ,5 , -dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic acid
  • Example 3-9 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) ⁇ 1.48-1.57 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.47 (m, 2H),
  • Example 4-1 (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-methanesulfonylamino-1 -methyl-2- oxo-ethylamino)-N-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-propionamide
  • Example 4-1 was prepared using similar procedure as example 1-1.
  • NMR 400MHz, DMSO- d6+TFA-d
  • Step 1 To a solution of Boc-L-4-bromophenylalanine (15.0 g, 43.6 mmol), 3- chlorophenylboronic acid (8.52 g, 54.5 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (1.51 g, 1.31 mmol) in 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (180 mL) was added 2M solution of aqueous NaC0 3 (33 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 85 °C. After stirred for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with 1 M HCI and brine.
  • Step 2 To a solution of (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid (12.9 g, 34.3 mmol) in DMF (130 mL) were added benzyl bromide (8.16 mL, 68.6 mmol) and NaHC0 3 (5.77 g, 68.6 mmol). After stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with H 2 0 and brine, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was treated with 4M HCI in dioxane (30 ml_) and stirred for 2 hours.
  • Step 3 To a solution of (S)-2-amino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (10.0 g, 24.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml_) was added triethylamine (10.4 ml_, 74.6 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirred for 10 min, ethyl (R)-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate (9.3 mL, 49.5 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Additional
  • Step 4 A suspension of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid benzyl ester (10.0 g, 21.5 mmol) and 5% Pd on carbon (0.914 g) in EtOAc (200 mL) was treated with H 2 (balloon) and stirred at 10-15 °C for 1.5 hour and at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The resulted precipitate was dissolved in methanol and filtered through celite pad.
  • step 2 Same procedures decribed in step 1 (2,5-dichlorophenylboronic acid was used instead of 3- chlorophenylboronic acid) and step 2 for the preparation of intermediate 1 were used to prepare ((S)-2-amino-3-(2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester
  • Step 3' f-Butyl (R)-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate was prepared from (R)-2- hydroxy-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (602 mg, 4.12 mmol), triflic anhydride (0.696 mL, 4.12 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.480 mL, 4.12 mmol) in DCM (5 mL).
  • Step 4' A suspension of (S)-2-((S)-1-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(2',5'-dichloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (580mg, 1.10 mmol) and 5% Pd on carbon (0.146 g) in EtOAc (10 mL) was treated with H 2 (balloon) and stirred at rt for 1.5 hour. The resulted precipitate was dissolved in methanol and filtered through celite pad.
  • Stepl To a mixture of 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine (2.5 g, 10.24 mmol) and the solvent of acetic acid (20 ml) and water (75 ml) in an ice bath was added dropwise a solution of sodium nitrite (2.120 g, 30.7 mmol) in water (20.00 ml). The mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred overnight. To the suspension was added methylamine in THF (20.48 ml, 41.0 mmol) dropwise slowly and the mixture turned to clear and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The mixture was concentrated to remove THF and extracted with EtOAc.
  • Step 2 To a solution of (S)-3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-hydroxy-propionic acid (1.5 g, 6.12 mmol) in DME (60 ml) at room temperature was added 3-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (1.436 g, 9.18 mmol) and followed by aq. Na 2 C0 3 (6.12 ml, 12.24 mmol) and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (0.212 g, 0.184 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 °C overnight. The reaction was added more EtOAc and acidified by 1 N HCI to PH ⁇ 5. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 3 To a solution of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-propionic acid benzyl ester (282 mg, 0.769 mmol) in THF (6 ml) at -78 °C was added LiHMDS THF (1.999 ml, 1.999 mmol) and the resulting yellow mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 25 mins then was added (R)- ethyl 2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propanoate (0.860 ml, 4.61 mmol) at -20 °C. 1hr the reaction was almost complete. The reaction was quenched by sat.
  • Step 1 To a solution of (S)-2- ⁇ (S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (1.12 g, 2.27 mmol) in DCM (5 ml.) was added TFA (5 ml_).
  • Step 2 To a solution of (S)-2-((S)-1-carboxy-ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (600 mg, 1.37 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 solution (2ml_) was added triphosgene (407 mg, 1.37 mmol). After being stirred for 0.5 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and stirred for addtional 0.5 hours until generation of gas was completed. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and concentrated.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity and therefore useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity such as the diseases disclosed herein.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a compound of Formula (I); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R6, A1, A2, X1, s and m are defined herein. The invention also relates to a method for manufacturing the compounds of the invention, and its therapeutic uses. The present invention further provides a combination of pharmacologically active agents and a pharmaceutical composition.

Description

Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives
as novel NEP inhibitors
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION:
Endogenous atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), also called atrial natriuretic factors (ANF) have diuretic, natriuretic and vasorelaxant functions in mammals. The natural ANF peptides is metabolically inactivated, in particular by a degrading enzyme which has been recognized to correspond to the enzyme neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11, also responsible for e.g. the metabolic inactivation of enkephalins.
Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11 ; enkephalinase; atriopeptidase; NEP) is a zinc- containing metalloprotease that cleaves a variety of peptide substrates on the amino side of hydrophobic residues [see Pharmacol Rev, Vol. 45, p. 87 (1993)]. Substrates for this enzyme include, but are not limited to, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP, also known as ANF), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), met- and leu-enkephalin, bradykinin, neurokinin A, endothelin-1 and substance P. ANP is a potent vasorelaxant and natriuretic agent [see J Hypertens, Vol. 19, p. 1923 (2001)]. Infusion of ANP in normal subjects resulted in a reproducible, marked enhancement of natriuresis and diuresis, including increases in fractional excretion of sodium, urinary flow rate and glomerular filtration rate [see J Clin Pharmacol, Vol. 27, p. 927 (1987)]. However, ANP has a short half-life in circulation, and NEP in kidney cortex membranes has been shown to be the major enzyme responsible for degrading this peptide [see Peptides, Vol. 9, p. 173 (1988)]. Thus, inhibitors of NEP (neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, NEPi) should increase plasma levels of ANP and, hence, are expected to induce natriuretic and diuretic effects.
This enzyme is involved in the breakdown of several bioactive oligopeptides, cleaving peptide bonds on the amino side of hydrophobic amino acid residues. The peptides metabolised include atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin gene- related peptide, endothelins, enkephalins, neurotensin, substance P and vasoactive intestinal peptide. Some of these peptides have potent vasodilatory and neurohormone functions, diuretic and natriuretic activity or mediate behaviour effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION:
The aim of the present invention is to provide novel compounds which are useful as neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, e.g. as inhibitors of the ANF-degrading enzyme in mammals, so as to prolong and potentiate the diuretic, natriuretic and vasodilator properties of ANF in mammals, by inhibiting the degradation thereof to less active metabolites.
The compounds of this invention are thus particularly useful for the treatment of conditions and disorders responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.1 1.
The invention pertains to the compounds, methods for using them, and uses thereof as described herein. Examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the compounds of the examples.
The invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (Γ):
Figure imgf000003_0001
wherein:
X1 is OH, -0-C1-7alkyl, -NRaRb, -NHS(0)2-C1-7alkyl or -NHS<0)2-benzyl, wherein Ra and Rb for each occurrence are independently H or C1-7alkyl;
R1 is H, alkyl or C6-10-aryl-C1-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with benzyloxy, hydroxy or C1-e alkoxy;
for each occurence, R2 is independently C^s-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C1-6-alkyl, cyano or trifluorom ethyl;
A2 is O or NR5;
R4 and R5 are independently H or C1-6 alkyl;
A1 is a bond or C^alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C6-10-aryl or C3_7-cycloalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalkyi are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, halo, haloCi-6alkyl, C^alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl;
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C -7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-Ci. 7akyl; or R4, A -R3, together with the nitrogen to which R4 and A1-R3 are attached, form a 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl or a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl , each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of d-
6alkyl, halo, haloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl; and
m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The invention also provides a compound of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein:
X1 represent OH or 0-C1-6-alkyl;
R1 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C6-i0-aryl-C1-6 alkyl;
for each occurence, R2 is independently C1-6-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C1-6-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 are independently H or d-e alkyl;
A1 is a bond or C1-3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C6-i0-aryl or C3.7-cyc!oalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalky! are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, halo, haloCi.6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl;
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C -7alkoxy, halo, Ci-7alkyl or halo-d- akyl; or
R4, A1-R3, together with the nitrogen to which R4 and A1-R3 are attached, form a 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl or a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl , each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of d 6alkyl, halo, halod-ealkyl, C1-Balkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl; and m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The compounds of the invention, by inhibiting the neutral endopeptidase
EC.3.4.24.11 , can potentiate the biological effects of bioactive peptides. Thus, in particular the compounds have utility in the treatment of a number of disorders, including hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease,
hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites. In addition, because of their ability to potentiate the effects of ANF the compounds have utility in the treatment of glaucoma. As a further result of their ability to inhibit the neutral endopeptidase E.C.3.4.24.11 the compounds of the invention may have activity in other therapeutic areas including for example the treatment of menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure). Also the compounds of the invention should treat asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and athereosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
In a preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders. ln another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating a disorders or diseases responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP), in a subject in need of such treatment, comprising: administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I -IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP) in the subject is treated.
In yet another embodiment, the invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
In still another embodiment, the invention pertains to combinations including, a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical combinations of one or more therapeutically active agents.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 in a subject in need thereof, comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I- IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 is inhibited.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definition:
For purposes of interpreting this specification, the following definitions will apply unless specified otherwise and whenever appropriate, terms used in the singular will also include the plural and vice versa.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched (or straight chain or linear) hydrocarbon moiety, comprising 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably the alkyl comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Representative examples of alkyl include methyl, ethyl, 7-propyl, /sopropyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, so-butyl, fert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2- dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl. The term "Chalky!" refers to a hydrocarbon having from one to six carbon atoms. The term "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl radical, wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
As used herein, the term "haloaikyi" refers to an alkyl as defined herein, that is substituted by one or more halo groups as defined herein. Preferably the haloaikyi can be monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyi or polyhaloalkyi including perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyi can have one iodo, bromo, chloro or fiuoro within the alkyl group. Dihaioalky and polyhaloalkyi groups can have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups within the alkyl. Preferably, the polyhaloalkyi contains up to 12, or 10, or 8, or 6, or 4, or 3, or 2 halo groups. Representative examples of haloalkyl are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyi, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl,
heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoro propyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. A perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl having all hydrogen atoms replaced with halo atoms. The term "halo-C1-6alkyl" refers to a hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms and being substituted by one or more halo groups.
As used herein, the term "alkoxy" refers to alkyl-O-, wherein alkyl is defined herein above. Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, ierf-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclopropyloxy-, cyclohexyioxy- and the like. Preferably, alkoxy groups have about 1-6, more preferably about 1-4 carbons.
As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups of 3-12 carbon atoms, preferably 3-8, or 3-7 carbon atoms. For bicyclic, and tricyclic cycloalkyl system, all rings are non-aromatic. Exemplary monocyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyi, cyclopentenyl, cyc!ohexyl and cyciohexenyi. Exemplary bicyclic hydrocarbon groups include bornyl, decahydronaphthyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl. Exemplary tricyclic hydrocarbon groups include adamantyl. The term "C3. 7cycloakyl" refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
The term "aryl" refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring portion. The term "aryl" also refer to a group in which the aromatic ring is fused to a cycloalkyl ring, where the radical of attachment is on the aromatic ring or on the fused cycloalkyl ring. Representative examples of aryl are phenyl, naphthyl, hexahydroindyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl. The term "C6-10 aryl" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
The term "aryialkyl" is an alkyl substituted with aryl. Representative examples of arylaiky] are benzyl or Phenyi-CH2CH2-. The term "Ce-^aryl-C^alkyi " refers to a
hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms, which hydrocarbon is substituted with an aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The term 'Heteroaryl" includes monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, containing from 5-10 ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and each heteroatoms is indepdendentiy selected from O, N or S wherein S and N may be oxidized to various oxidation states. For bicyclic heteroaryi system, the system is fully aromatic (i.e. all rings are aromatic).
Typical monocyclic heteroaryi groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazoiyi, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1 , 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3- yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-5-yl, 1 ,2, 3-triazol-4-yl, 1 ,2, 3- triazol-5-yl, tetrazolyl, pyrid-2-yl, pyrid-3-yl, or pyridyl-4-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyrazin-3-yl, 2-pyrazin-2-yl, pyrazin-4-yl, pyrazin-5-yl, 2-, 4-, or 5-pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4- yl, pyrimidin-5-yl. The term "heteroaryi" also refers to a group in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring or on the fused aryl ring. Representative examples of bicyclic heteroaryi are indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinaxalinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenathrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, benzisoqinolinyl, thieno[2,3- b]furanyl, furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazinyl, 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H- imidazo[4,5-d] thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]pyridazinyl, imidazo[2,1-b] thiazolyl, imidazo[1 ,2- b][1,2,4]triazinyl, 7-benzo[b]thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl,
benzoxapinyl, benzoxazinyl, 1 H-pyrrolo[1,2-b][2]benzazapinyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzotriazolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3- d]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[1 ,2- b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1 ,2-c]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, pyrido[3,4- b]pyrazinyl, pyrimido[5,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, or pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidinyl. When a heteroaryi moiety is substituted with hydroxy, the invention also pertains to its oxo tautomeric. For example, an oxadiazole substituted with hydroxy also includes oxo- oxadiazole also known as oxadiazolone. The tautomerisation is represented as follow:
Figure imgf000008_0001
As used herein, the term "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclo" refers to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic (partially unsaturated) ring which is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic, and contains at least one heteroatom selected from O, S and N, where the N and S can also optionally be oxidized to various oxidation states. For bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring system, a non-aromatic ring system is defined as being a non-fully or partially unsaturated ring system. Therefore bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring systems includes heterocyclyl ring systems wherein one of the fused rings is aromatic but the other(s) is (are) non-aromatic. In one embodiment, heterocyclyl moiety represents a saturated monocyclic ring containing from 5-7 ring atoms and optionally containing a further heteroatom, selected from O, S or N. The heterocyclic group can be attached at a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The heterocyclyl can include fused or bridged rings as well as spirocyclic rings. Examples of heterocycles include dihydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, dithianyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidine, dihydropyranyl, oxathiolanyl, dithiolane, oxathianyl, thiomorpholino, oxiranyl, aziridinyl, oxetanyl, oxepanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxapinyl, oxaazepanyl, oxathianyl, thiepanyi, azepanyl, dioxepanyl, and diazepanyl.
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine. The term
"perhalogenated" generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
The term "heteroatom" includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatom s are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus. In one embodiment the heteroatoms is selected from N, O and S.
Compound of the invention:
Various embodiments of the invention are described herein. It will be recognized that features specified in each embodiment may be combined with other specified features to provide further embodiments.
Certain compounds of Formula Γ or I include compounds of Formula II:
Figure imgf000010_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, X1, A1, s and m have the definition of Formula f , supra.
In one embodiment the invention pertains to compounds of formula Γ, I or II wherein: X1 represent OH or 0-C1-6-alkyl;
R1 is H or alkyl;
for each occurrence, R2 is independently C^-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, Ci-e-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 are independently H or alkyl;
A1 is a bond or C1-3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl or C6-io-aryl, wherein each heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000010_0002
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-(V ?akyl;
m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment the invention pertains to compounds of formula Γ, I or II wherein:
X1 represent OH or O-C^-alkyl;
R1 is H or alkyl;
for each occurrence, R2 is independently Ci.6-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C^-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 are independently H or C1-6 alkyl; A1 is a bond or C1-3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, halo, haloC1-ealkyl, C1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-ealkyl;
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C^alkoxy, halo, Ci-7alkyl or halo-C^ 7akyl;
m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Certain compounds of Formula Γ or I include compounds of Formula III:
Figure imgf000011_0001
III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, X1, A1 and s have the definition of Formula I, supra and X2 is halo and p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4.
Certain compounds of Formula I', I, II or III include compounds of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000011_0002
IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, X1, A1, X2, s and p have the definition of Formulae I, II and III, supra.
In one embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X2 is a CI. In a further aspect of this embodiment p is 0.
The following embodiments can be used independently, collectively or in any combination or sub-combination:
In one embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is a bond or CH2. In a further embodiment A1 is a bond.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is an optionally substituted 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl. In one aspect of this embodiment, R3 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyranone (e.g. optionally substituted pyran-4-one, pyran-2-one such as 3-hydroxy-pyran-4-one, 3-hydroxy-pyran-2- one), pyrimidinone and pyridinone (e.g. optionally substituted pyridin-4-one or pyridtn-2-one such as for example 3-hydroxy-1-methyl-pyridin-4-one or 1-benzyl-pyridin-2-one). In another aspect of this embodiment R3 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole (e.g. 1- oxa-3,4-diazole, 1-oxa-2,4-diazole), oxadiazolone (e.g. oxadiazol-2-one), thiazole, isothiazole, thiophene, imidazole and thiadiazole. Other representative examples of R3 are oxazolone, thiazolone, oxadiazolone triazolone, oxazolone, imidazolone, pyrazolone. In a further embodiment, the optional substituents on the heteroaryl are independently C1-6alkyl, halo, haloCvealkyl, C -6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H or C02C1-ealkyl.
In another aspect of the above embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is tetrazole.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV, or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, the optional substituents on phenyl are independently C^alkyl, halo, haloC^alkyl, C^alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H or C02C1-6alkyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C02H and further optionally substituted.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is C-|.6 alkyl (i.e. methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl).
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae I' and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is H.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rs is H.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae Γ and I to IV or any of any other classes and subclasses described supra, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein s is 0.
In another embodiment R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, X1, A1, X2, m, s and p groups are those defined by the R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, X1, A1, X2, m, s and p groups in the Examples section below.
In another embodiment individual compounds according to the invention are those listed in the Examples section below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
It will be noted that the structure of some of the compounds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry {e.g. , all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. Furthermore, the structures and other compounds and moieties discussed in this application also include all tautomers thereof.
As used herein, the term "isomers" refers to different compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in arrangement and configuration of the atoms. Also as used herein, the term "an optical isomer" or "a stereoisomer" refers to any of the various stereo isomeric configurations which may exist for a given compound of the present invention and includes geometric isomers. It is understood that a substituent may be attached at a chiral center of a carbon atom. Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, diastereomers or racemates of the compound. "Enantiomers" are a pair of stereoisomers that are non- superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1 :1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a "racemic" mixture. The term is used to designate a racemic mixture where appropriate. "Diastereoisomers" are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other. The absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn- Ingold- Prelog R-S system. When a compound is a pure enantiomer the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon may be specified by either R or S. Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or (-) depending on the direction (dextro- or levorotatory) which they rotate plane polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line. Certain of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers or axes and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, including racemic mixtures, optically pure forms and intermediate mixtures. Optically active (R)~ and (S)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be E or Z configuration. If the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl substituent may have a cis- or trans-configuration. All tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
Any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon or the like) of the compound(s) of the present invention can be present in racemic or enantiomerically enriched, for example the (/?)-, (S)- or {R,S)~ configuration. In certain embodiments, each asymmetric atom has at least 50 % enantiomeric excess, at least 60 % enantiomeric excess, at least 70 % enantiomeric excess, at least 80 % enantiomeric excess, at least 90 % enantiomeric excess, at least 95 % enantiomeric excess, or at least 99 % enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)- configuration. Substituents at atoms with unsaturated bonds may, if possible, be present in cis- (Z)- or trans- (£)- form.
Accordingly, as used herein a compound of the present invention can be in the form of one of the possible isomers, rotamers, atropisomers, tautomers or mixtures thereof, for example, as substantially pure geometric (cis or trans) isomers, diastereomers, optical isomers (antipodes), racemates or mixtures thereof.
Any resulting mixtures of isomers can be separated on the basis of the
physicochemical differences of the constituents, into the pure or substantially pure geometric or optical isomers, diastereomers, racemates, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
Any resulting racemates of final products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, e.g., by separation of the diastereomeric salts thereof, obtained with an optically active acid or base, and liberating the optically active acidic or basic compound. In particular, a basic moiety may thus be employed to resolve the compounds of the present invention into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional
crystallization of a salt formed with an optically active acid, e.g., tartaric acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, diacetyl tartaric acid, di-0,0'-p-toluoyl tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid or camphor-10-sulfonic acid. Racemic products can also be resolved by chiral
chromatography, e.g., high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral adsorbent.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of this invention and, which typically are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the compounds of the present invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids, e.g., acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bromide/hydrobromide, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulfate/sulfate, camphorsulfornate, chloride/hydrochloride, chlortheophyllonate, citrate, ethandisulfonate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hippurate, , hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurylsulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, mandelate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthoate, napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, octadecanoate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, polygalacturonate, propionate, stearate, succinate, subsalicylate, tartrate, tosylate and trifluoroacetate salts.
Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. !norganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, ammonium salts and metals from columns I to XII of the periodic table. In certain embodiments, the salts are derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, silver, zinc, and copper; particularly suitable salts include ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts.
Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like. Certain organic amines include isopropylamine, benzathine, cholinate, diethanolamine, diethylamine, lysine, meglumine, piperazine and tromethamine.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Generally, use of non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile is desirable, where practicable. Lists of additional suitable salts can be found, e.g., in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 20th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., (1985); and in "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use" by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2002).
Any formula given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. For example, any hydrogen represented by "H" in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of hydrogen (e.g. H, 2H or D, H); any carbon represented by "C" in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of carbon (e.g. 1C, 13C, 14C); any nitrogen represented by "N" is intended to represent all isotopic forms of nitrogen (e.g. 14N, 1 SN). Other examples of isotopes that are included in the invention include isotopes of oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, fluorine, iodine and chlorine, such as 16F 31P, 2P, 5S, 36CI, 125|. The invention includes various isotopically labeled compounds as defined herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes, such as 3H, 3C, and 14C are present. In one embodiment, the atoms in the formulae herein occur in their natural abundance. In another embodiment, one or more hydrogen atom may be enriched in 2H; or/and one or more carbon atom may be enriched in 11C, 13C or 14C; or/and one or more nitrogen may be enriched in 14N. Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (with 14C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2H or 3H), detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients. In particular, an 18F or labeled compound may be particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopicaily labeled reagent.
Further, enrichment with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2H or D) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or an improvement in therapeutic index. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent of a compound of the formulae I to IV. The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by the isotopic enrichment factor. The term "isotopic enrichment factor" as used herein means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope. If a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation).
Isotopically-enriched compounds of formulae I to IV can generally be prepared by
conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate
isotopically-enriched reagent in place of the non-enriched reagent previously employed.
Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D20, d6-acetone, d6-DMSO. Compounds of the invention, i.e. compounds of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV that contain groups capable of acting as donors and/or acceptors for hydrogen bonds may be capable of forming co-crystals with suitable co-crystal formers. These co-crystals may be prepared from compounds of formula Γ, I, II, III, IV or V by known co-crystal forming procedures. Such procedures include grinding, heating, co-subliming, co-melting, or contacting in solution compounds of formula I', I, II, III or IV with the co-crystal former under crystallization conditions and isolating co-crystals thereby formed. Suitable co-crystal formers include those described in WO 2004/078163. Hence the invention further provides co-crystals comprising a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, and the like and combinations thereof, as would be known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289- 1329). Except insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
The term "a therapeutically effective amount" of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or amelioration of a symptom, alleviation of a condition, slow or delay disease progression, or prevention of a disease, etc. In one non-limiting embodiment, the term "a therapeutically effective amount" refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1 ) at least partially alleviate, inhibit, prevent and/or ameliorate a condition, a disorder or a disease or a symptom thereof (i) ameliorated by the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 or (ii) associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, or (iii) characterized by abnormal activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 ; or (2) reduce or inhibit the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 ; or (3) reduce or inhibit the expression of neutral
endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.1 1 . In another non-limiting embodiment, the term "a
therapeutically effective amount" refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reduce or inhibit the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 ; or at least partially reduce or inhibit the expression of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11
As used herein, the term "subject" refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. A subject also refers to for example, primates {e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In yet other embodiments, the subject is a human.
As used herein, the term "inhibit", "inhibition" or "inhibiting" refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
As used herein, the term "treat", "treating" or "treatment" of any disease or disorder refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder {i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In another embodiment "treat", "treating" or "treatment" refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient. In yet another embodiment, "treat", "treating" or "treatment" refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, {e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both. In yet another embodiment, "treat", "treating" or "treatment" refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
As used herein, a subject is "in need of a treatment if such subject would benefit biologically, medically or in quality of life from such treatment.
As used herein, the term "a," "an," "the" and similar terms used in the context of the present invention (especially in the context of the claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and plural unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by the context.
All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. "such as") provided herein is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention otherwise claimed. Compounds of the present invention are either obtained in the free form, as a salt thereof, or as prodrug derivatives thereof.
When both a basic group and an acid group are present in the same molecule, the compounds of the present invention may also form internal salts, e.g., zwitterionic molecules.
The present invention also provides pro-drugs of the compounds of the present invention that converts in vivo to the compounds of the present invention. A pro-drug is an active or inactive compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject. The suitability and techniques involved in making and using pro-drugs are well known by those skilled in the art. Prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. See The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Ch. 31-32 (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif., 2001). Generally, bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds, which are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity. Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e.g., that improve uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action. Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, and any released transport moiety is acceptably non-toxic. For prodrugs where the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typically the release of the transport moiety should be rapid. In other cases, it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e.g., certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodexthns. Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of
pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions, and/or improvement in drug formulation (e.g., stability, water solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property). For example, lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of (a) hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxylic acids (e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety), or (b) carboxylic acid groups with lipophilic alcohols (e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols). Exemplary prodrugs are, e.g., esters of free carboxylic acids and S-acyl derivatives of thiols and O-acyl derivatives of alcohols or phenols, wherein acyl has a meaning as defined herein. Suitable prodrugs are often pharmaceutically acceptable ester derivatives convertible by solvolysis under physiological conditions to the parent carboxylic acid, e.g., lower alkyl esters, cycloalkyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, benzyl esters, mono- or di- substituted lower alkyl esters, such as the co-(amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, the a-(lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, such as the pivaloyloxymethyl ester and the like conventionally used in the art. In addition, amines have been masked as
arylcarbonyloxymethyl substituted derivatives which are cleaved by esterases in vivo releasing the free drug and formaldehyde (Bundgaard, J. Med. Chem. 2503 (1989)).
Moreover, drugs containing an acidic NH group, such as imidazole, imide, indole and the like, have been masked with N-acyloxymethyl groups (Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985)). Hydroxy groups have been masked as esters and ethers. EP 039,051 (Sloan and Little) discloses Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs, their preparation and use.
Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their
crystallization.
General synthetic scheme:
The compounds of the invention can be synthesized using the methods described in the following schemes, examples, and by using art recognized techniques. All compounds described herein are included in the invention as compounds. Compounds of the invention may be synthesized according to at least one of the methods described in schemes 1-3.
Within the scope of this text, only a readily removable group that is not a constituent of the particular desired end product of the compounds of the present invention is designated a "protecting group", unless the context indicates otherwise. The protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their cleavage reactions are described for example in standard reference works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999. Salts of compounds of the present invention having at least one salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se. For example, salts of compounds of the present invention having acid groups may be formed, for example, by treating the compounds with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, with organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds, such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, with
corresponding calcium compounds or with ammonia or a suitable organic amine,
stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent preferably being used. Acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention are obtained in customary manner, e.g. by treating the compounds with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent. Internal salts of compounds of the present invention containing acid and basic salt-forming groups, e.g. a free carboxy group and a free amino group, may be formed, e.g. by the neutralisation of salts, such as acid addition salts, to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or by treatment with ion exchangers.
Salts can be converted in customary manner into the free compounds; metal and ammonium salts can be converted, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
Mixtures of isomers obtainable according to the invention can be separated in a manner known per se into the individual isomers; diastereoisomers can be separated, for example, by partitioning between polyphasic solvent mixtures, recrystallisation and/or chromatographic separation, for example over silica gel or by e.g. medium pressure liquid chromatography over a reversed phase column, and racemates can be separated, for example, by the formation of salts with optically pure salt-forming reagents and separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers so obtainable, for example by means of fractional crystallisation, or by chromatography over optically active column materials.
Intermediates and final products can be worked up and/or purified according to standard methods, e.g. using chromatographic methods, distribution methods, (re-) crystallization, and the like.
The following applies in general to all processes mentioned herein before and hereinafter.
All the above-mentioned process steps can be carried out under reaction conditions that are known per se, including those mentioned specifically, in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of solvents or diluents, including, for example, solvents or diluents that are tnert towards the reagents used and dissolve them, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensation or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, such as cation
exchangers, e.g. in the H+ form, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or of the reactants at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from about -100 °C to about 190 °C, including, for example, from approximately -80 °C to approximately 50 °C, for example at from -80 to -60 °C, at room temperature, at from -20 to 40 °C or at reflux temperature, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, where appropriate under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere.
At all stages of the reactions, mixtures of isomers that are formed can be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or into any desired mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomers, for example analogously to the methods described under "Additional process steps".
The solvents from which those solvents that are suitable for any particular reaction may be selected include those mentioned specifically or, for example, water, esters, such as lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, for example ethyl acetate, ethers, such as aliphatic ethers, for example diethyl ether, or cyclic ethers, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, acid amides, such as dimethylformamide or dimethyl acetamide, bases, such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine or /V-methylpyrrolidin-2- one, carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanoic acid anhydrides, for example acetic anhydride, cyclic, linear or branched hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane, hexane or isopentane, methycyc!ohexane, or mixtures of those solvents, for example aqueous solutions, unless otherwise indicated in the description of the processes. Such solvent mixtures may also be used in working up, for example by chromatography or partitioning.
The compounds, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals may, for example, include the solvent used for crystallization. Different crystalline forms may be present.
The invention relates also to those forms of the process in which a compound obtainable as an intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining process steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or is used in the form of a derivative, for example in a protected form or in the form of a salt, or a compound obtainable by the process according to the invention is produced under the process conditions and processed further in situ.
All starting materials, building blocks, reagents, acids, bases, dehydrating agents, solvents and catalysts utilized to synthesize the compounds of the present invention are either commercially available or can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (Houben-Weyl 4th Ed. 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Volume 21).
Typically, the compounds according to of formulae I to IV can be prepared according to the Schemes 1 to 7 provided infra.
The compounds of the invention of Formula Γ or I wherein X1 is hydroxy can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate A wherein A1, R R2, R3, R4 and m have the definition of Formula Γ or I, supra; and P1 is an appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, or fert-butyl, or methoxybenzyl, or benzyl.
Figure imgf000024_0001
Intermediate A
Standard methods can be applied for the hydrolysis of the intermediate A using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA, HCI, or BCI3. When P1 is benzyl or methoxybenzyl, a preferable method of the deprotection is hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as, but not limited to, pal ladium-on-carbon .
In some cases, the hydrolysis of intermediate A is not required; for example when intermediate A is a compound of the invention of Formula I Or I wherein X1 is O-alkyl.
Scheme 1 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate A. The intermediate A can be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 1 wherein A1, P1, R ,R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, s and m are as previously defined.
Figure imgf000025_0001
I Intermediate 7 A
Intermediate A
Scheme 1
In step 1a, the intermediate 3A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 1A wherein P2 is an appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, f- butoxycarbony, benzyloxycarbony, fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, benzyl, or methoxybenzyl and wherein LG1 is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, halo (e.g. bromo, chioro, or iodo) or trifluoromethanesuifonyloxy with an intermediate 2A wherein R2 and m are as previously described and wherein BG is an appropriate groups selected from, but not limited to, boronic acid, trifluoroborate or boronic ester. Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 1 A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh3)4, PdCI2(dppf) , Pd(PPh3)2CI2, or Pd(OAc)2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh3, dppf, PCy3, or P(i-Bu)3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na2C03r K3PO4, K2C03, KF, CsF, NaO-i-Bu, or KO-i-Bu.
In step 2a, the intermediate 4A can be prepared by appropriate protection of an intermediate 3A wherein P3 is a protection group such as, but not limited to, i-butyl, methyl, benzyl, fluorenylmethyl, allyl or methoxybenzyl; followed by an appropriate deprotection of the P2 group.
In step 3a, the intermediate 5A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 4A wherein R2, R5, R6, s, m, and P3 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6A wherein R1 and P are as previously defined above and wherein LG2 is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, trifluoromethansulfonyloxy, toluenesulfonyloxy, methansulfonyloxy, iodo, bromo, and chloro, followed by deprotection of the P3 using an appropriate method.
Alternatively, the intermediates 5A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 4A with an intermediate 6B wherein R1 and P1 are as defined above, followed by deprotection of the P3 using an appropriate method. Known coupling methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 4A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine {e.g. triethylamine or Λ/,/V-diisopropl l ethylamine), pyridine, or K2C03 ; or reductive amination condition of intermediate 4A with the intermediate 6B, under condition such as hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reductive reagent (e.g. NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN) in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti( -PrO)4.
In step 4a, the intermediate A can be prepared by coupling an intermediate 5A wherein P1, R1, R2, R5, R6, s and m are as previously described with an intermediate 7A wherein A1, R3, and R4 are previously described. Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding
oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4- nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 5A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(0)0-isobutyl , 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride or propyl phosphonic acid anhydride cyclic trimer (T3P), followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or Λ/,/V-diisoproplyl ethylamine) or K2C03. Alternatively, the intermediate 5A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC),
diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HCI), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole, or dimethylaminopyridine.
Scheme 2 illustrates the synthesis of Intermediate 5A. The intermediate 5A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 2 wherein BG, LG1, LG2, P1, P3, R1, R2, and m are as previously defined.
Figure imgf000027_0001
Scheme 2
In step 1 b, the intermediate 9A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 8 A where in LG1, R5, R6, s and P3 are previously described with an intermediate 6A wherein R1, P1, and LG2 are as previously described, followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P3. Alternatively, the intermediates 9A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 8A with an intermediate 6B wherein P1 and R1 are as previously described, followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P3. Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 8A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or W,/V-diisoproplyl ethylamine), pyridine, or KZC03, or reductive amination condition of intermediate 8A with the intermediate 6B, under condition such as hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reducing reagent (e.g. NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN) in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO)4.
In step 2b, the intermediate 5A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 9A wherein LG1, P1, R5, R6, R1 and s with an intermediate 2A wherein BG, m, and R2 are as previously described. Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 9A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh3)4, PdCI2(dppf) , or Pd(OAc)2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh3, dppf, PCy3, or P(i-Bu)3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na2C03, K3P04, K2C03, KF, CsF, NaO-i-Bu, or KO-i-Bu. The intermediates 9A can also be prepared according to the following general procedure described in Scheme 3 wherein LG1, P1, P3, R5, R6, R1 and s are as previously describe
Figure imgf000028_0001
Intermediate 10A Intermediate 11 A
Scheme 3
In step 1c, the intermediate 9A can be prepared by reductive amination of the intermediate 10A wherein LG1, R6, s and P3 are as previously described with the
intermediate 11A wherein P1, R5 and R1 are as previously described. Known reductive amination methods may be applied including a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO)4. The intermediate 10A can be prepared according to the reported procedure. The illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in WO 2006015885.
The intermediate 5A can also be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 4 wherein m, P1, P3, R1, and R2 are as previously described.
Figure imgf000028_0002
Intermediate 12A
Scheme 4
In step 1d, the intermediate 5A can be prepared by reductive amination of the intermediate 12A wherein m, P3, R5, R6, s, m and R2 are as previously described with the intermediate 11A wherein P1, R5 and R1 are as previously described. Known reductive amination methods may be applied including a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO)4. The intermediates 12A can be prepared according to the reported procedure. The illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in WO 2006015885.
The intermediate A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 5 wherein A1, LG2, P1, P2, R1,R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, s and m are as previously described.
Figure imgf000029_0001
Scheme 5
In step 1e, the intermediate 13A can be prepared by coupling an intermediate 3A with an intermediate 7A. Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 3A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(0)0-isobutyl or 2,4,6- trichlorobenzoyl chloride, followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or W,/V-diisoproplyl ethylamine) or K2C03 and an appropriate deprotection of P2 protecting group. Alternatively, the intermediate 3A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3-(3- dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HQ), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, or
dimethylaminopyridine followed by an appropriate deprotection of P2 protecting group.
In step 2e, the intermediate A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 13A with an intermediate 6A wherein LG2 is as previously described. Alternatively, the intermediates A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 13A with an intermediate 6B. Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 13A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or N,N- diisoproplyl ethylamine), pyridine, or K2C03 or reductive amination of the intermediate 13A with the intermediate 6B under a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti( -PrO)4.
The intermediates A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 6 wherein A1, BG, LG1, P\ R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, s and m are as previously described.
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
Scheme 6
In step 1f, an intermediate 14A can be prepared by coupling the intermediate 9A wherein LG1, P1, R5, R6, m, s and R1 are as previously described with an intermediate 7A. Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 9A to a corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC{0)0-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride, followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g.
triethylamine or Λ/,/ν-diisoproplyl ethylamine) or K2C03. Alternatively, the intermediate 9A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3-{3- dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HCI), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-trts- pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, or
dimethylaminopyridine. In step 2f, the intermediate A can be prepared by cross-coupling of an intermediate 14A wherein A1, LG1, P , R1, R3, R5, R6, m, s and R4 are as previously described with an intermediate 2A wherein R2, m, and BG are as previously described. Known coupling methods may be applied including Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the intermediate 14A with the intermediate 2A using palladium species such as, but not limited to, Pd(PPh3)4, PdCI2(dppf) , or Pd(OAc)2 with a phosphine ligand such as PPh3, dppf, PCy3t or P(f-Bu)3 and a base such as, but not limited to, Na2C03, K3P04, K2C03, KF, CsF, NaO-f-Bu, or KO-f-Bu.
The intermediates 14A can also be prepared according to the following procedures described in Scheme 7 wherein A1, LG1, LG2, P1, P2, R\ R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, s and m are as previously described.
Figure imgf000032_0001
Intermediate 1A Intermediate 15A
Figure imgf000032_0002
Scheme 7
In step 1g, an intermediate 15A can be prepared by coupling the intermediate 1A wherein P2, R5, R6, s and LG1 are as previously described with an intermediate 7A wherein A1, R3, and R4 are as previously described followed by an appropriate deprotection of the protecting group P2. Known coupling methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate 1A to corresponding oxazolidine-2,5-dione, using reagents such as triphosgene, carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, or disuccinimidyl carbonate, conversion of the intermediate 1A to corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of the intermediate 1 A to
corresponding mixed anhydride using reagents such as ClC(O)O-isobuty) or 2,4,6- trichlorobenzoyl chloride, followed by reaction of the oxazolidine-2,5-dione, the acid halide, or the mixed anhydride with the intermediate 7A in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or W.N-diisoproplyl ethylamine) or K2C03. Alternatively, the intermediate 1A can be coupled with the intermediate 7A using peptide condensation reagents including, but not limited to, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC),
diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethyllaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HCI), benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in presence of or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole, or dimethylaminopyridine.
In step 2g, the intermediate 14A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 15A wherein A1, LG , R3, R5, R6, s and R4 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6A wherein R1, P1, and LG2 are as previously defined. Alternatively, the intermediates 14A can be prepared by reacting an intermediate 15A wherein A1, LG1, R3, R5, R6, s and R4 are as previously defined with an intermediate 6B wherein R and P are as previously described. Known reaction methods may be applied including alkylation of the intermediate 15A with the intermediate 6A using a base such as, but not limited to, tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine or ,/V-diisoproplyl ethylamine), pyridine, or K2C03 or reductive amination of the intermediate 15A with the intermediate 6B under a condition such as, but not limited to, hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon or reduction using a reagent such as, but not limited to, NaBH4, NaBH(OAc)3, or NaBH3CN in the presence of or absence of an acid such as acetic acid, TFA, or Ti(/-PrO) .
The invention further includes any variant of the present processes, in which an intermediate product obtainable at any stage thereof is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which the starting materials are formed in situ under the reaction conditions, or in which the reaction components are used in the form of their salts or optically pure antipodes.
Compounds of the invention and intermediates can also be converted into each other according to methods generally known to those skilled in the art.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc. In addition, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be made up in a solid form (including without limitation capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories), or in a liquid form (including without limitation solutions, suspensions or emulsions). The pharmaceutical compositions can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifers and buffers, etc.
Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets or gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with
a) diluents, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine;
b) lubricants, e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneg!ycol; for tablets also
c) binders, e.g., magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone; if desired
d) disintegrants, e.g., starches, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and/or
e) absorbents, colorants, flavors and sweeteners.
Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
Suitable compositions for oral administration include an effective amount of a compound of the invention in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
Compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets may contain the active ingredient in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Certain injectable compositions are aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions. Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0,1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active ingredient.
Suitable compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with a suitable carrier. Carriers suitable for transdermal delivery include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
Suitable compositions for topical application, e.g., to the skin and eyes, include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like. Such topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art. Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
As used herein a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They may be conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
The present invention further provides anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the compounds of the present invention as active ingredients, since water may facilitate the degradation of certain compounds.
Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition may be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions are packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e. g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
The invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more agents that reduce the rate by which the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient will decompose. Such agents, which are referred to herein as "stabilizers," include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers, etc.
The compounds according to anyone of formulae I to IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in free form or in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, exhibit valuable pharmacological properties, e.g. neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 modulating properties, e.g. as indicated in in vitro and in vivo tests as provided in the next sections and are therefore indicated for therapy.
Compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be useful in the treatment of an indication selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular
hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, preeclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunctions, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction. Thus, as a further embodiment, the present invention provides the use of a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment, the therapy is selected from a disease which is associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity. In another embodiment, the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetis, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
Thus, as a further embodiment, the present invention provides the use of a compound of formula Γ I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in therapy. In a further embodiment, the therapy is selected from a disease which may be treated by inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a disease which is associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity comprising administration of a therapeutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment, the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, rena! insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetis, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
The pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients. The therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof, is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
The pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients. The therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof, is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
The above-cited dosage properties are demonstrable in vitro and in vivo tests using advantageously mammals, e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys or isolated organs, tissues and preparations thereof. The compounds of the present invention can be applied in vitro in the form of solutions, e.g., aqueous solutions, and in vivo either enterally, parenterally, advantageously intravenously, e.g., as a suspension or in aqueous solution. The dosage in vitro may range between about 103 molar and 10~9 molar concentrations. A therapeutically effective amount in vivo may range depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1-500 mg/kg, or between about 1-100 mg kg.
The activity of a compound according to the present invention can be assessed by the following in vitro & in vivo methods and/or by the following in vitro & in vivo methods well- described in the art. See A fluorescence lifetime- based assay for protease inhibitor profiling on human kallikrein 7 Doering K, Meder G, Hinnenberger M, Woelcke J, Mayr LM,
Hassiepen U Biomol Screen. 2009 Jan; 14(1):1-9.
In particular, the in vitro inhibition of recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (NEP, EC 3.4.24.11) can be determined as follows:
Recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (expressed in insect cells and purified using standard methods, final concentration 7 pM) is pre-incubated with test compounds at various concentrations for 1 hour at room temperature in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, containing 150 mM NaCI and 0.05 % (w/v) CHAPS. The enzymatic reaction is started by the addition of a synthetic peptide substrate Cys(PT14)-Arg-Arg-Leu-Trp-OH to a final concentration of 0.7 μΜ. Substrate hydrolysis leads to an increase fluorescence lifetime (FLT) of PT14 measured by the means of a FLT reader as described by Doering et al. (2009). The effect of the compound on the enzymatic activity was determined after 1 hour (t - 60 min) incubation at room temperature. The IC50 values, corresponding to the inhibitor concentration showing 50% reduction of the FLT values measured in absence of inhibitor, are calculated from the plot of percentage of inhibition vs. inhibitor concentration using nonlinear regression analysis software.
Using the test assay (as described above) compounds of the invention exhibited inhibitory efficacy in accordance to Table 1 , provided infra.
Table 1 Inhibitory Activity of Compounds
Figure imgf000039_0001
The compound of the present invention may be administered either simultaneously with, or before or after, one or more other therapeutic agent. The compound of the present invention may be administered separately, by the same or different route of administration, or together in the same pharmaceutical composition as the other agents. ln one embodiment, the invention provides a product comprising a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one other therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy. In one embodiment, the therapy is the treatment of a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
Products provided as a combined preparation include a composition comprising the compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) together in the same pharmaceutical composition, or the compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) in separate form, e.g. in the form of a kit.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and another therapeutic agent(s). Optionally, the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as described above.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a kit comprising two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the kit comprises means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet. An example of such a kit is a blister pack, as typically used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
The kit of the invention may be used for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another. To assist
compliance, the kit of the invention typically comprises directions for administration.
In the combination therapies of the invention, the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers. Moreover, the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of the physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
Accordingly, the invention provides the use of a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the medicament is administered with a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The invention also provides a compound of formula , I, III, III or IV, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is prepared for administration with a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The invention also provides a compound of formula Γ, I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is administered with a compound of formula !', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The invention also provides the use of a compound of formula , I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with a compound of formula I', I, II, III or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is selected from:
In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is selected from: HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker (ARBs, angiotensin II receptor antagonist), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker (CCB), an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-i mimic, an antidiabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI), a CETP inhibitor and a
phophodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor.
The term "in combination with" a second agent or treatment includes coadministration of the compound of the invention (e.g., a compound according to anyone of Formulae l-IV or a compound otherwise described herein) with the second agent or treatment, administration of the compound of the invention first, followed by the second agent or treatment and administration of the second agent or treatment first, followed by the compound of the invention.
The term "second agent" includes any agent which is known in the art to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms of a disease or disorder described herein, e.g .a disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase, such as for example, hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non- diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atria I flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, the modulation of gastric acid secretion, the treatment of hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type- 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
Examples of second agents include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-l mimics, antidiabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASt) and CETP inhibitors.
The term "HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor" (also called beta-hydroxy-beta- methylglutaryl-co-enzyme-A reductase inhibitors) includes active agents that may be used to lower the lipid levels including cholesterol in blood. Examples include atorvastatin, cerivastatin, compactin, dalvastatin, dihydrocotnpactin, fluindostatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pitavastatin, mevastatin, pravastatin, rivastatin, simvastatin, and velostatin, or,
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The term "ACE-inhibitor" (also called angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors) includes molecules that interrupt the enzymatic degradation of angiotensin I to angiotensin II. Such compounds may be used for the regulation of blood pressure and for the treatment of congestive heart failure. Examples include alacepril, benazepril, benazeprilat, captopril, ceronapril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, enaprilat, fosinopril, imidapril, lisinopril, moveltopril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, spirapril, temocapril, and trandolapril, or, pharmaceutically acceptables salt thereof.
The term "endothelin antagonist" includes bosentan (cf. EP 526708 A), tezosentan (cf. WO 96/19459), or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The term "renin inhibitor" includes ditekiren (chemical name: [1 S- [1 R*,2R*,4f?*(1 R*,2R*)]]-1 -[(1 ,1 -dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-proly l-L-phenylalanyl-N-[2- hydroxy-5-methyl-1 -(2-methylpropyl)-4-[[[2-methyl-1 -[[(2- pyridinylmrthyl)amino]carbonyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]hexyl]-W-alfa-methyl-L-histidinamide); terlakiren (chemical name: [R-(R*,S*)]-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl-N-[1- (cyclo exylmethyl)-2-hydroxy-3-(1-methylethoxy)-3-oxopropyl]-S-methyl-L-cysteineamide); Aliskiren (chemical name: (2S,4S15S,7S)-5-amino-W-(2-carbamoyl-2,2-dimethylethyl)-4- hydroxy-7-{[4-methoxy-3-(3-methoxypropoxy) phenyl]methyl}-8-methy!-2-(propan-2-yl)nonanamide) and zankiren (chemical name: [1 S- [1 *[R*( *)],2S*,3R*]]-W-[1 -(cyclohexylmethyl)-2,3-dihydroxy-5-m ethylhexyl]-alfa-[[2-[[(4- methyl-1-piperazinyl)sulfonyl]methyi]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropyl]-amino]-4-thiazolepropanamide), or, hydrochloride salts thereof, or, SPP630, SPP635 and SPP800 as developed by Speedel,
-1132 and RO 66-1168 of Formula (A) and (B):
Figure imgf000044_0001
<A> and <B> , or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The term "aliskiren", if not defined specifically, is to be understood both as the free base and as a salt thereof, especially a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, most preferably a hemi-fumarate salt thereof.
An angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient which bind to the ATi -receptor subtype of angiotensin II receptor but do not result in activation of the receptor. As a consequence of the inhibition of the ATi receptor, these antagonists can, for example, be employed as antihypertensives or for treating congestive heart failure.
The class of ATi receptor antagonists comprises compounds having differing structural features, essentially preferred are the non-peptidic ones. For example, mention may be made of the compounds which are selected from the group consisting of valsartan, losartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, telmisartan, the compound with the designation E-1477 of the following formula
Figure imgf000044_0002
the compound with the designation SC-52458 of the following formula
Figure imgf000045_0001
and the com ound with the designation ZD-8731 of the following formula
Figure imgf000045_0002
or, in each case, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Preferred AT receptor antagonist are those agents which have been marketed, most preferred is valsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The term "calcium channel blocker (CCB)" includes dihydropyridines (DHPs) and non- DHPs (e.g., diltiazem-type and verapamil-type CCBs). Examples include amlodipine, felodipine, ryosidine, isradipine, lacidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, niguldipine, niludipine, nimodipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, and nivaldipine, and is preferably a non-DHP
representative selected from the group consisting of flunarizine, prenylamine, diltiazem, fendiline, gallopamil, mibefradil, anipamil, tiapamil and verapamil, or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. CCBs may be used as anti-hypertensive, anti-angina pectoris, or anti-arrhythmic drugs.
The term "diuretic" includes thiazide derivatives (e.g., chlorothiazide,
hydrochlorothiazide, methylclothiazide, and chlorothalidon).
The term "ApoA-l mimic" includes D4F peptides (e.g., formula D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V- A-E-K-F-K-E-A-F)
The term "anti-diabetic agent" includes insulin secretion enhancers that promote the secretion of insulin from pancreatic β-cells. Examples include biguanide derivatives (e.g., metformin), sulfonylureas (SU) (e.g., tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide,
acetohexamide, 4-chloro-W-[(1-pyrolidinylamino)carbonyl]-benzensulfonamide
(glycopyramide), glibenclamide (glyburide), gliclazide, 1-butyl-3-metanilylurea, carbutamide, glibonuride, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxepid, glybuthiazole, glibuzole, glyhexamide, glymidine, glypinamide, phenbutamide, and to!ylcyclamide), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Further examples include phenylalanine derivatives (e.g., nateglinide [N-(trans- 4-isopropylcyclohexy!carbonyl)-D-pheny!alanine] (cf. EP 196222 and EP 526171) of the formula
Figure imgf000046_0001
repaglinide [(S)-2-ethoxy-4-{2-[[3-methyl-1-[2-(1-piperidinyl)phenyl]buty!]amino]-2- oxoethy!Jbenzoic acid] (cf. EP 589874, EP 147850 A2, in particular Example 11 on page 61 , and EP 207331 A1); calcium (2S)-2-benzyl-3-(c/s-hexahydro-2-isoindolin!ycarbonyl)- propionate dihydrate (e.g., mitiglinide (cf. EP 507534)); and glimepiride (cf. EP 31058).
Further examples include DPP-IV inhibitors, GLP-1 and GLP-1 agonists.
DPP-!V is responsible for inactivating GLP-1. More particularly, DPP-!V generates a GLP-1 receptor antagonist and thereby shortens the physiological response to GLP-1. GLP-1 is a major stimulator of pancreatic insulin secretion and has direct beneficial effects on glucose disposal.
The DPP-!V inhibitor can be peptidic or, preferably, non-peptidic. DPP-!V inhibitors are in each case generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in WO 98/19998, DE 196 16 486 A1 , WO 00/34241 and WO 95/15309, in each case in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to these publications. Preferred are those compounds that are specifically disclosed in Example 3 of WO 98/19998 and Example 1 of WO 00/34241 , respectively.
GLP-1 is an insu!inotropic protein which is described, e.g., by W E. Schmidt et al. in Diabetologia, 28, 1985, 704-707 and in US 5,705,483.
The term "GLP-1 agonists" includes variants and analogs of GLP-1 (7-36)NH2 which are disclosed in particular in US 5,120,712, US 5,118666, US 5,512,549, WO 91/11457 and by C. Orskov et al in J. Biol. Chem. 264 (1989) 12826. Further examples include GLP-1 (7- 37), in which compound the carboxy-termina! amide functionality of Arg36 is displaced with G!y at the 37th position of the GLP-1 (7-36) NH2 molecule and variants and analogs thereof including GLN -GLP- 1 (7-37), D-GLN -GLP-1 (7-37), acetyl LYS9-GLP- 1(7-37), LYS18-GLP- 1 (7-37) and, in particular, GLP-1 (7-37)OH, VALe-G LP- 1(7-37), GLY8-G LP- 1 (7-37), THR8- GLP-1(7-37), ET -GLP-1 (7-37) and 4-imidazopropionyl-GLP-1. Special preference is also given to the GLP agonist analog exendin-4, described by Greig et al. in Diabetologia 1ΘΘ9, 42, 45-50.
Also included in the definition "anti-diabetic agent" are insulin sensitivity enhancers which restore impaired insulin receptor function to reduce insulin resistance and
consequently enhance the insulin sensitivity. Examples include hypoglycemic
thiazolidinedione derivatives (e.g., glitazone, (S)-{{3,4-dihydro-2-{phenyl-methyl)-2H-1- benzopyran-6-yl)methyl-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (englitazone), 5-{[4-(3-{5-methyl-2-phenyl-4- oxazolyl)-1-oxopropyl)-phenyl]-methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (darglitazone), 5-{[4-(1-methyl- cyclohexyl)methoxy)-phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (ciglitazone), 5-{[4-(2-(1 - indolyl)ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (DRF2189), 5-{4-[2-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-
4- oxazolyl)-ethoxy)]benzyl)-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (BM-13.1246), 5-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)- thiazolidine-2,4-dione (AY-31637), bis{4-[{2,4-dioxo-5-thiazolidinyl)methyl]phenyl}methane (YM268), 5-{4-[2-(5-methyl-2-phenyi-4-oxazoiyl)-2-hydroxyethoxy]benzyl}-thiazolidine-2,4- dione (AD-5075), 5-[4-{1-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarbonylamino)-benzyl]-thiazolidine-2,4- dione (DN-108) 5-{[4-(2-(2,3-dihydroindol-1 -yl)ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione,
5- [3-{4-chloro-phenyl])-2-propynyl]-5-phenylsulfonyl)thiazolidine-2,4-dione, 5-[3-(4- chlorophenyl])-2-propynyl]-5-{4-fluorophenyl-sulfonyl)thtazolidine-2,4-dione, 5-{[4-(2-{methyl- 2-pyridinyl-amino)-ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (rosiglitazone), 5-{[4-(2-{5- ethyl-2-pyridyl)ethoxy)phenyl]-methyl}thiazolidine-2,4-dione (pioglitazone), 5-{[4-{{3,4- dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}- thiazoiidine-2,4-dione (troglitazone), 5-[6-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)naphthalen-2-ylmethyl]- thiazolidine-2,4-dione (MCC555), 5-{[2-{2-naphthyi)-benzoxazol-5-yl]-methyl}thiazolidine-2,4- dione (T-174) and 5-(2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl)-2-methoxy-N-(4-trifluoromethyl- benzyl)benzamide (KRP297)).
Further anti-diabetic agents include, insulin signalling pathway modulators, like inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases), antidiabetic non-small molecule mimetic compounds and inhibitors of glutamine-fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT); compounds influencing a dysregulated hepatic glucose production, like inhibitors of giucose-6-phosphatase (G6Pase), inhibitors of fructose- 1 ,6-bisphosphatase <F-1 ,6-Bpase), inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase (GP), glucagon receptor antagonists and inhibitors of phosphoenoipyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK); pyruvate dehydrogenase kinase (PDHK) inhibitors; inhibitors of gastric emptying; insulin; inhibitors of GSK-3; retinoid X receptor (RXR) agonists; agonists of Beta-3 AR; agonists of uncoupling proteins (UCPs); non- glitazone type PPARy agonists; dual PPARp:/ PPARy agonists; antidiabetic vanadium containing compounds; incretin hormones, like glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) and GLP-1 agonists; beta-cell imidazoline receptor antagonists; miglitol; a2-adrenergic antagonists; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The term "obesity-reducing agent" includes lipase inhibitors (e.g., orlistat) and appetite suppressants (e.g., sibutramine and phentermine).
An aldosterone synthase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient that has the property to inhibit the production of aldosterone. Aldosterone synthase (CYP11 B2) is a mitochondrial cytochrome P450 enzyme catalyzing the last step of aldosterone production in the adrenal cortex, i.e., the conversion of 11 -deoxycorticosterone to aldosterone. The inhibition of the aldosterone production with so- called aldosterone synthase inhibitors is known to be a successful variant to treatment of hypokalemia, hypertension, congestive heart failure, atrial fibrillation or renal failure. Such aldosterone synthase inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., US 2007/0049616).
The class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises both steroidal and non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitors, the later being most preferred.
Preference is given to commercially available aldosterone synthase inhibitors or those aldosterone synthase inhibitors that have been approved by the health authorities.
The class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises compounds having differing structural features. For example, mention may be made of the compounds which are selected from the group consisting of the non-steroidal aromatase inhibitors anastrozole, fadrozole (including the (+)-enantiomer thereof), as well as the steroidal aromatase inhibitor exemestane, or, in each case where applicable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The most preferred non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitor is the (+)-enantiomer of the hydrochloride of fadrozole US patents 4617307 and 4889861) of formula
Figure imgf000048_0001
or, if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A preferred steroidal aldosterone antagonist is eplerenone (cf. EP 122232 A) of the formula
Figure imgf000049_0001
or Spironolactone; or, in each case, if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Aldosterone synthase inhibitors useful in said combination are compounds and analogs generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in US2007/0049616, in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to this publication. Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 4-(6,7-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile; 5-(2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl)-6,7-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid (4-methoxybenzyl)methylamide; 4'-fluoro-6- (6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5W-imidazo[1 ,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 5-(4-Cyano-2- methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid butyl ester; 4-(6,7- Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 5-(2-Chloro-4-cyanophenyl)- 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid 4-fluorobenzyl ester; 5-(4-Cyano-2- trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrro!o[1 ,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester; 5-(4-Cyano-2-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid 2-isopropoxyethyl ester; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methylbenzonitrile; 4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-fluorobenzonitrile ; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H- pyrrolo[1 ,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-Fluoro-4-(7-methylene-6,7-dihydro-5H- pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)benzonitrile; c/s-3-Fluoro-4-[7-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]benzonitrile; 4'-Fluoro-6-(9-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H- imidazo[1,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 4'-Fluoro-6-(9-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- 5W-imidazo[1 ,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile or in each case, the (R) or (S) enantiomer thereof; or if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The term aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in WO2008/076860, WO2008/076336, WO2008/076862, WO2008/027284, WO2004/046145, WO2004/014914, WO2001/076574. Furthermore Aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in U.S. patent applications US2007/0225232, US2007/0208035, US2008/0318978, US2008/0076794, US2009/0012068, US20090048241 and in PCT applications
WO2006/005726, WO2006/128853, WO2006128851 , WO2006/128852, WO2007065942, WO2007/116099, WO2007/116908, WO2008/119744 and in European patent application EP 1886695. Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 8-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5, 1-c1[1 ,4 oxazine; 4- (5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H- imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1 -c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8- yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihvdro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)phthalonitrile; 4-(8-(4- Cyanophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H- imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1 ,4]oxazin-8- yl)naphthalene-1 -carbonitrile; 8-[4-(1 H-Tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl 1 -5,6-dihvdro-8H-imidazo[5, 1 - c][1 ,4]oxazine as developed by Speedel or in each case, the (R) or (S) enantiomer thereof; or if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The term "endothelin receptor blocker" includes bosentan.
The term "CETP inhibitor" refers to a compound that inhibits the cholesteryi ester transfer protein (CETP) mediated transport of various cholesteryi esters and triglycerides from HDL to LDL and VLDL. Such CETP inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343). Examples include compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343 and U. S. Pat. No. 6,197,786 (e.g., [2R,4S]4-E(3,5-bis-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-methoxycarbonyl- amino]-2-ethyl-6-trifluoromethyl- 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (torcetrapib); compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,723,752 (e.g., (2R)-3-{[3-(4-Chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3-(1 , 1 ,2,2- tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-amino}-1 , 1 ,1-trifluoro-2-propanol); compounds disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/807,838; polypeptide derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,548; rosenonolactone derivatives and phosphate-containing analogs of cholesteryi ester disclosed in J. Antibiot., 49(8): 815- 816 (1996), and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 6:1951- 1954 (1996), respectively. Furthermore, the CETP inhibitors also include those disclosed in WO2000/017165, WO2005/095409 and WO2005/097806.
A prefered PDE5 inhibitor is Sildenafil. Second agent of particular interest include Endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, antidiabetic agents such as DPPIV inhibitors, and aldosterone synthase inhibitors.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a combination, in particular a
pharmaceutical combination, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the definition of formula I', I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more therapeutically active agents selected from HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE)
Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-l mimics, anti-diabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI) and CETP inhibitors.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of inhibiting neutral
endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity in a subject, wherein the method comprises
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the definition of formula I', I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a disorder or a disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the definition of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a disorder or a disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24. 1 activity, wherein the disorder or the disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis.atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound according to the definition of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, for use as a medicament.
In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula Γ, I, II, III or IV, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject characterized by an activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 , wherein said disorder or disease is in particular selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis.atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease,
hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome}, wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction
In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definition of formula I', I, II, III or IV, for the treatment of a disorder or disease in a subject characterized by an activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 , wherein the disorder or disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis,
scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction Exemplification of the invention:
The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as being limitations thereon. Temperatures are given in degrees centigrade. If not mentioned otherwise, all evaporations are performed under reduced pressure, typically between about 15 mm Hg and 100 mm Hg (= 20-133 mbar). The structure of final products, intermediates and starting materials is confirmed by standard analytical methods, e.g., microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics, e.g., MS, IR, NMR. Abbreviations used are those conventional in the art.
All starting materials, building blocks, reagents, acids, bases, dehydrating agents, solvents, and catalysts utilized to synthesis the compounds of the present invention are either commercially available or can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (Houben-Weyl 4th Ed. 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Volume 21). Further, the compounds of the present invention can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art as shown in the following examples.
Exemplification of the invention:
Abbreviations:
br: broad bs: broad singlet
Ac: Acetyl Atm: atmosphere
Aq: aqueous calcd: calculated
Bn: benzyl Boc: tert-butoxycarbonyl
d: doublet dd: doublet of doublets
DCM: dichloromethane DME: 1 ,4-dimethoxyethane
DMF: W.W-dimethylformamide DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide
DAD: diode array detector DTT: dithiothreitol
EDTA: ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid ESI: electrospray ionization
Et and EtOAc: ethyl and ethyl acetate
HATU: 0-(7-azobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3- HOBt: 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro phosphate
HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography LC and LCMS: liquid
HPLC-RT: high pressure liquid chromatography - chromatography and liquid retention time chromatography and mass
spectrometry
H: Hour(s) IR: infrared
eOH: methanol MS: mass spectrometry
m: multiplet min: minutes
Me: methyl m/z: mass to charge ratio
M and mM: Molar and millimole(s) Mg: milligram
n.d.: not determined NMR: nudear magnetic resonance
PMBCI: para-methoxybenzyl chloride Pr and iPr: propyl and isopropyl ppm: parts per million Pd/C: Palladium on Carbon
Ph: Phenyl q: quartet
RP: reverse phase RT: room temperature
s: singlet t: triplet
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid THF: tetrahydrofuran
TLC: thin layer chromatography tBu: tert-butyl
μί, mL and L: microlitre, millilitre and litre Tris HCI: aminotris(hydroxymethyl) methane hydrochloride
wt: weight UV: ultraviolet
The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as being limitations thereon. Temperatures are given in degrees centigrade. If not mentioned otherwise, all evaporations are performed under reduced pressure, preferably between about 15 mm Hg and 100 mm Hg (= 20-133 mbar). The structure of final products, intermediates and starting materials is confirmed by standard analytical methods, e.g., microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics, e.g., MS, IR, NMR. Abbreviations used are those conventional in the art.
All starting materials, building blocks, reagents, acids, bases, dehydrating agents, solvents, and catalysts utilized to synthesis the compounds of the present invention are either commercially available or can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (Houben-Weyl 4th Ed. 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Volume 21). Further, the compounds of the present invention can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art as shown in the following examples. The compounds in the examples 3-1 and 3-2 to 3-15 have been found to have IC50 values in the range of about 0.001 nM to about 10,000 nM for NEP.
The conditions for measuring the retention times are as follows:
HPLC condition A:
Column: INERTS!L C8-3, 3 m x 33 mm x 3.0 mm at 40 °C.
Flow rate: 2 mL / min
Mobile phase: A) 0.5 mM ammonium formate in H20; B) 50%MeOH in CH3CN
Gradient: linear gradient from 5% B to 95% B in 2 min
Detection: DAD-UV at 210-400 nm
HPLC condition B:
Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μΐη χ 33 πΐΓΤΐ χ 3.0 mm at 40 °C.
Flow rate: 2 mL / min
Mobile phase: A) 0.1% formic acid in H20; B) 50%MeOH in CH3CN
Gradient: linear gradient from 5% B to 95% B in 2 min
Detection: DAD-UV at 210-400 nm
HPLC condition C:
Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 ΓΠ x 33 mm x 3.0 mm at 40 °C.
Flow rate: 2 mL / min
Mobile phase: A) 0.5 mM ammonium formate in H20; B) 50%MeOH in CH3CN
Gradient: linear gradient from 40% B to 95% B in 2 min
Detection: DAD-UV at 210-400 nm
HPLC condition D.
Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μ(τι χ 33 ηιΐϊΐ χ 3.0 mm at 40 °C.
Flow rate: 2 mL / min
Mobile phase: A) 0.1% formic acid in H20; B) 50%MeOH in CH3CN
Gradient: linear gradient from 40% B to 95% B in 2 min
Detection: DAD-UV at 210-400 nm
The relative stereochemistry was determined using two dimensional NMR. Under the reaction conditions, the racemization of the stereocenter bearing the bis-phenylm ethyl group is not expected. Therefore the absolute stereochemistry was determined based on the relative stereochemistry and the stereochemistry of the center bearing the bisphenyl methyl group.
Example 1-1 : Synthesis of (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-bipheny -yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000057_0001
To a suspension of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid (4.0 g, 10.84 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC03 (10 mL) was added triphosgene (1.90 g, 6.39 mmol). After vigorously stirred for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. Excess of triphosgene was quenched by adding saturated aqueous NaHC03and stirred for 0.5 hour. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL). To the mixture was added triethylamine (1.93 mL, 13.8 mmol) and 5-amino-1 H-tetrazole (1.18 g, 13.84 mmol) at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature. After stirred for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: 10% eOH in dichloromethane) to give a mixture of the desired trans isomer product and the cis isomer. The obtained material was re-crystallized from CH3CN three times to give (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(lH-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.92g). H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.11 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.15 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.89 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1 , 13.7 Hz), 3.02 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.8, 14.0 Hz), 3.27-3.36 (m, 1 H), 3.75-3.83 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.38-7.42 (in, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.60-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8, 1.8 Hz); MS: m/z (MH+) 443; HRMS. calculated for C22H23CI e03 (M)+ 442.1 , found 442.1 ; EA: Calculated for C21 H23CIN603: C, 56.95; H, 5.23; N, 18.97. Found: C, 56.88; H, 5.07; N, 19.1. Chiral HPLC retention time = 9.26 min. [condition: Daicel CHIRALCEL OJ-H 4.6x100mm); flow rate = 1ml/min.; eluent: 20% EtOH (with 0.1 % TFA) in heptane].
Following compounds were prepared using similar procedure as example 1-1 with appropriate intermediates:
Figure imgf000058_0001
methyl ester
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Experiment 1-11. (β)-2-{(8)-2-(3·-οΗΙθΓθ^ϊρήβηγ -γΙ)-1-^βΙήγΙ-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)- carbamoyl]-ethylamino}-propionic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000061_0002
To a suspension of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid (225 mg, 0.599 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC03 (1 mL) was added triphosgene (178 mg, 0.599 mmol). After vigorously stirred for 10 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. Excess of triphosgene was quenched by adding saturated aqueous NaHC03 and stirred for 0.5 hour. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 ml_). To the mixture were added triethylamine (0.167 ml_, 1.197 mmol) and [1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl- amine (197 mg, 0.898 mmol) and stirred at 45°C overnight. Additional triethylamine (0.167 ml_, 1.197 mmol) and [1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl-amine (197 mg, 0.898 mmol) were added and stirred at 45°C for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in DCM) to give (S)-2-((S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-{[1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H- tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl-carbamoyl}-ethylamino)-propionic acid ethyl ester (261 mg). MS: m/z (MH+) 577; HPLC retention time 1.36 min (HPLC condition C).
Next, (S)-2-((S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-{[1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl- carbamoyl}-ethylamino)-propionic acid ethyl ester (260 mg, 0.451 mmol) was dissolved in TFA (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) and stirred at 50°C for 12 hours and at 75°C for 5 hours. The reacion mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give (S)-2-{(S)-2-(3'-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-1-[methyl-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-carbamoyl]-ethylamino}-propionic acid ethyl ester (120 mg). MS: m/z (MH+) 457; HPLC retention time 0.95 min (HPLC condition C).
Following compounds were prepared using similar procedure as example 1-1 with appropriate intermediates:
HPLC-RT MS
Example # Product Intermediates
(condition) (M+1)
CI CI
O OH 1.31 min
Example 1-12 o „ 549
(C)
H ™
(S)-3-benzyloxy-2-[(S)- (S)-2-((S)-2- 2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- benzyloxy-1- yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5- ethoxycarbonyl- ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino)-3-(3'- ethylamino]-propionic chloro-biphenyl-4- acid ethyl ester yl)-propionic acid
And
T N
H "
5-amino-1 H- tetrazole
CI
CI
0 OH
(S)-3-(3'-chloro-
0 H HN N biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-
T N 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-2- 1.29 min
Example 1-13 N - N
H " 471
methoxy- (A)
ethylamino)-
(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro- propionic acid
biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(lH- tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- And
ethylamino]-3-methoxy- propionic acid ethyl T N
ester N-N
5-amino-1H- tetrazole
Example 1 -14: (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1 -(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethoxy] -propionic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000063_0001
To a solution of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1 -ethoxycarbonyl-ethoxy)-propionic acid (62 mg, 0.165 mmol) in THF (5 ml) at room temperature was added 5-aminotetrazole (38.0 mg, 0.447 mmol), DIPEA (0.086 ml, 0.494 mmol) and followed by 1 ,3- diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.060 ml, 0.387 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hr. The reaction was quenched by brine and was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. HPLC retention time = 0.99 minutes (condition C); MS (m+1) = 444.
Example 2-1 : (S)-2-[(R)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000064_0001
The cis isomer obtained from procedure described in Example 1-1 was isolated by reverse phase HPLC (Sunfire C-18 column, 0.1% TFA in H20 / CH3CN) to provide (S)-2-[(R)-2-(3'- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester; H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.07 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.12 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.88 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1 , 13.6 Hz), 3.04 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.1 , 13.6 Hz), 3.18-3.26 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.87- 4.03 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.37-7 '.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.58- 7.65 (m, 3H), 7.68-7.72 (m, 1 H); MS: m/z (MH+) 443.
Following compounds were prepared using similar procedure as example 1-1 and 2-1 with appropriate intermediates:
Figure imgf000064_0002
yl)-ethylamino]- propionic acid tert
-butyl ester And
T N H N
5-amino-1 H- tetrazole
Figure imgf000065_0001
(S)-2-((S)-1-tert-
0 HNr o« Butoxycarbonyl-et
1.46 min
Example 2-3 O- N hylamino)-3-(3'- 486
(C)
{S)-2-[(R)-2-(3'-Chloro- chloro- biphenyl-4-y
biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(3- l)-propionic acid
hydroxy-isoxazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)- And
ethylamino]-propionic
acid ethyl ester H2N °H
5-amino-isoxazol-3- ol
CI
^^^^ 0 OH
(S)-3-(3'-Chloro-
O HN N. biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-
T N 1-ethoxycarbonyl- 1.16 min
Example 2-4 ethylamrno)- 457
(C)
(S)-2-[(R)-2-(3'-Chloro- propionic acid
biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1- methyl-1 H-tetrazol-5- And
ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic H2N Ni
T N
acid ethyl ester
1-methyl-1 H- tetrazol-5-ylamine
Example 3-1 : (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic acid
Figure imgf000066_0001
(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-y!)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propioni acid ethyl ester (100 mg, 0.226 mmol) was treated with 2M aqueous NaOH (2 mL) and EtOH (0.5 mL). After stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was acidified with 2M HCI to adjust pH 1. The resulted precipitate was collected by filtration. The obtained material was crystallized from EtOH to give (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid (94mg).
1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.15 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.94 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.3, 13.7 Hz), 3.03 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.3, 13.6 Hz), 3.26 (dd, 1 H, J = 7A , 13.9 Hz), 3.81 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.9, 6.9 Hz), 7.33 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.38-7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.59-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.69 (dd, 1 H, J = 1.8, 1.8 Hz), 15.9 (bs, 1 H); MS: m/z (MH+) 415; HRMS: calculated for
C19H19CIN603 (M)+ 414.1 , found 414.1
Chiral HPLC retention time = 13.17 min. [condition: Daicel CHIRALPAK IA 4.6x100mm); flow rate = 1 ml/min.; eluent: 20% EtOH (with 0.1% TFA) in heptane].
Example 3-2: (S)-2-[(S)-2-(2,,5,-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionic acid
Figure imgf000066_0002
To a solution of (S)-2-[(S)-2-(2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-propionicacid tert-butyl ester (103 mg, 0.204 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) were added TFA (1 mL) and triethylsilane (0.098 mL, 0.611 mmol). After stirred for 8 hours, the reacion mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (Sunfire C-18 column, eluent: 0.1 %TFA in H20 / CH3CN) to give (S)-2-[(S)-2- (2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6+TFA-c/) δ 1.49 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.29 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.6, 13.9 Hz), 3.42 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1 , 14.2 Hz), 4.13 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1 , 14.0 Hz), 4.62 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.37-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H, J = 4.3 Hz), 7.48 (dd, 1H, J - 2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.59 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 14.89 (bs, 1H); HPLC Retention time 1.25 minutes
(condition A); MS: m/z (MH+) 449.
Following compounds were prepared using similar procedure as example 3-1 or 3-2 with appropriate starting material and conditions:
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5- ethylamino]-3- ylcarbamoyl)- methoxy-propionic
ethylamino]-3- acid ethyl ester
methoxy-propionic
acid
CI
C!
O HN^N,
T O HN
N ti
N-N T N 2M NaOH
1.09 min
Example 3-18 a-N
aq, 416
(A)
MeOH, RT
(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3--
(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'- chlorobiphenyl-4- chlorobiphenyl-4- yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5- y1)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)- ylcarbamoyl)- ethoxy]-propionic
ethoxy]-propionic acid ethyl ester
acid
Example 3-3: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6+TFA-cf) δ 1.48 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.27 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8, 13.1 Hz), 3.47 (dd, 1H, J= 6.1, 13.4 Hz), 4.03 (dd, 1H, J= 7.1, 14.1 Hz), 4.47 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz), 7.37-7.42 (m, 5H), 7.47 (dd, 1H, J = 2.8, 8.6 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 14.89 (bs, 1H).
Example 3-4: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.37 (d, 3H, J= 6.8 Hz), 3.20 (d, 2H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.73-3.87 (bs, 1H), 4.25-4.38 (bs, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.45 (dd, 2H, J = 7.4, 7.4 Hz), 7.60-7.66 (m, 4H).
Example 3-5: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.35-1.43 (m, 3H), 3.20 (bs, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.75-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.36 (bs, 1H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.45 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz).
Example 3-6: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6+TFA-cf) δ 1.48 (d, 3H, J= 7.3 Hz), 3.22 (dd, 1H, J= 7.6, 13.6 Hz), 3.32 (dd, 1H, J= 6.6, 13.9 Hz), 3.96 (dd, 1H, J= 7.3, 14.4 Hz), 4.50 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.45 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.61-7.67 (m, 4H).
Example 3-7: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.37 (bd, 3H, J = 4.8 Hz), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.37 (m, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.40-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.61-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.73 (m, 3H). Example 3-8: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.19-1.39 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.218 (m, 2H), 3.30- 4.25 (m, 2H), 5.83 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz ), 7.40-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.61-7.73 (m, 4H).
Example 3-9: H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.48-1.57 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.47 (m, 2H),
3.728/3.31 (sx2, total 3H), 4.02-4.21 (m, 1H), 5.61-5.82 (m, 1 H), 7.06-7.27 (m, 1 H), 7.34- 7.76 (m, 7H).
Example 3-10: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.35-1.43 (m, 3H), 3.13-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.35- 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.08-4.45 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.49 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.62-7.75 (m, 4H).
Example 3-11: 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 1.32-1.42 (m, 3H), 3.13-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.35- 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.36 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.49 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.61-7.74 (m, 4H).
Example 3-12: H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.67 - 1.90 (m, 2 H), 2.59 (t, 7.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.96 (dd, J=13.6, 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 3.07 (dd, J=13.6, 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.11 - 3.17 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 - 7.18 (m, 5 H), 7.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.37 - 7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.46 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3 H), 7.68 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1 H), 12.02 (br. s., 1 H), 15.89 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 3-13: H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ ppm 0.91 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.67 - 1.80 (m, 2 H), 3.08 - 3.27 (m, 2 H), 3.56 (br. s., 3 H), 4.16 (br. s., 1 H), 7.34 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.41 (ddd, J=7.8, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (dt, J=8.0, 1.5, 1.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.68 (t, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 12.27 (br. s., 1 H), 16.09 (br. s„ 1 H).
Example 3-14: H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ ppm 2.83 - 2.91 (m, 2 H), 2.91 - 3.11 (m, 2 H), 3.56 (br. s., 2 H), 3.88 (br. s., 1 H), 7.14 - 7.20 (m, 3 H), 7.20 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.38 - 7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 - 7.63 (m, 3 H), 7.68 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H), 11.92 (br. s„ 1 H), 15.91 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 3-15: H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ ppm 2.81 - 3.03 (m, 4 H), 3.51 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.79 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 - 7.29 (m, 7 H), 7.38 - 7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.59 (dt, J=7.6, 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H), 1.78 (br. s., 1 H), 15.86 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 3-16: H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ ppm 2.97 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1, 13.6 Hz), 3.07 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.3, 13.6Hz), 3.47 (dd, 1H, J = 5.1 , 5.1 Hz), 3.58 (d, 2H, J = 5.1 Hz), 3.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.41 (d, 1H, J = 12.4 Hz), 4.46 (d, 1H, J = 12.1 Hz), 7.22-7.36 (m, 7H), 7.38- 7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, H, j = 7.8 Hz), 7.58-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.68 (t, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz). Example 3-17: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.97-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.40- 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.76-4.01 (m, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J = 8.08 Hz, 1 H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (bt, J = 1.77 Hz, 1 H).
Example 3-18: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) d ppm 1.31 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3 H), 3.05 - 3.18 (m, 2 H), 4.03 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.58 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.37 - 7.42 (mr 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 - 7.65 (m, 3 H), 7.66 - 7.72 (m, 1 H), 12.13 (br. s., 1 H), 12.69 (br. s., 1 H), 15.96 (br. s, 1 H)
Example 3-19: (S)-2-[(S)-2-(3,-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)- ethylamino]-3-hydroxy-propionic acid
Example 3-20: (S)-2-[(S)-2-biphenyl-4-yl-1 -(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-3- hydroxy-propionic acid
Figure imgf000074_0001
To a solution of (S)-3-benzyloxy-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5- ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-propionic acid ethyl ester (47 mg, 0.090mmol) in EtOAc (1 mL) and EtOH (1 mL) was added 5% Pd-C (9.6 mg, 0.0045mmol). H2 gas was loaded with a baloon and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite pad and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (Sunfire C-18 column, eluent: 0.1%TFA in H20 / CH3CN) to give (S)-2-[(S)-2- (3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1 -(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-3-hydroxy-propionic acid and (S)-2-[(S)-2-biphenyl-4-yl-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-3-hydroxy-propionic acid.
(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-(1 H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-3-hydroxy- propionic acid; NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.99-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.86-3.98 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.38-7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.58- 7.70 (m, 4H) ); HPLC Retention time 1.17 minutes (condition A); MS: m/z (MH+) 431. (S)-2-[(S)-2-biphenyl-4-yl-1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylcarbamoyl)-ethylamino]-3-hydroxy-propionic acid; NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.18 (dd, 1H, J = 7.6, 13.4 Hz), 3.24-3.36 (m, 1 H), 3.66-3.87 (m, 3H), 4.17-4.37 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.32-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.44 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.56-7.67 (m, 4H) ); HPLC Retention time 1.00 minutes (condition A); MS: m/z (MH+) 397.
Example 4-1 : (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-methanesulfonylamino-1 -methyl-2- oxo-ethylamino)-N-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-propionamide
Figure imgf000075_0001
Example 4-1 was prepared using similar procedure as example 1-1. NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d6+TFA-d) δ 1.21 (d, J = 6.32 Hz, 3H), 2.92-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.14 (m, 1 H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.95 (m, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J = 7.83 Hz), 7.60-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.68-7.22 (m, 1 H) ); HPLC Retention time 1.21 minutes (condition A); MS: m/z (MH+) 492.
Starting materials or intermediates were prepared in following manner:
Intermediate 1 : (S)-3-{3'-Chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid
Figure imgf000076_0001
intermediate 1
Step 1 : To a solution of Boc-L-4-bromophenylalanine (15.0 g, 43.6 mmol), 3- chlorophenylboronic acid (8.52 g, 54.5 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (1.51 g, 1.31 mmol) in 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (180 mL) was added 2M solution of aqueous NaC03 (33 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 85 °C. After stirred for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with 1 M HCI and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- yl)-propionic acid (13.6 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.08-3.17 (m, 1 H), 3.21- 3.31 (m, 1 H), 4.65 (bs, 1 H), 5.01 (bs, 1 H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2H); MS: m/z (MH+) 376.
Step 2: To a solution of (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid (12.9 g, 34.3 mmol) in DMF (130 mL) were added benzyl bromide (8.16 mL, 68.6 mmol) and NaHC03 (5.77 g, 68.6 mmol). After stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with H20 and brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was treated with 4M HCI in dioxane (30 ml_) and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulted residue was rinsed with /Pr20 to give (S)-2-amino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (11.2 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.14 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7,
12.0 Hz), 3.27 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.9, 12.0 Hz), 4.38 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.9, 7.7 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2H), 7.23- 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.42-7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.51 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.6, 7.6 Hz), 7.61-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.69 (dd, 1 H, J = 1.8, 1.8 Hz), 8.64 (bs, 2H); MS: m/z (MH+) 366.
Step 3: To a solution of (S)-2-amino-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (10.0 g, 24.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml_) was added triethylamine (10.4 ml_, 74.6 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirred for 10 min, ethyl (R)-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate (9.3 mL, 49.5 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Additional
triethylamine (10.4 mL, 74.6 mmol) and ethyl (R)-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate (9.3 mL, 49.5 mmol) were added at room temperature and stirred for additional 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with H20 and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/heptane) to give (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid benzyl ester (10.6 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.21 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.27 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.89 (bs, 1 H), 2.95-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.8, 14.8 Hz), 3.69 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1 , 7.1 Hz), 4.06-4.17 (m, 2H), 5.06 (d, 1 H, J = 12.1 Hz), 5.12 (d, 1 H, J =
12.1 Hz), 7.20-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.35 (dd, 1 H, J ~ 7.6, 7.6 Hz), 7.41-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.53 (dd, 1 H, J = 1.5, 1.5 Hz); MS: m/z (MH+) 466.
Step 4: A suspension of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)- propionic acid benzyl ester (10.0 g, 21.5 mmol) and 5% Pd on carbon (0.914 g) in EtOAc (200 mL) was treated with H2 (balloon) and stirred at 10-15 °C for 1.5 hour and at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The resulted precipitate was dissolved in methanol and filtered through celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was re-crystallized from EtOAc to give (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1- ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-propionic acid (5.6 g). The mother liquor was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give additional amount of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-propionic acid (1.4 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.13 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.15 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.85 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1 , 14.1 Hz), 2.93 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.3, 13.6 Hz), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.48 (dd, 1H, J = 6.5, 6.5 Hz), 4.03 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.32 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz), 7.59-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.70 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.0, 2.0 Hz); MS: m/z (MH+) 376.
Intermediate 2: (S)-2-{(S)-1 -tert-Butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(2',5,-dichloro-biphenyl- 4-yl)-propionic acid
Figure imgf000078_0001
Same procedures decribed in step 1 (2,5-dichlorophenylboronic acid was used instead of 3- chlorophenylboronic acid) and step 2 for the preparation of intermediate 1 were used to prepare ((S)-2-amino-3-(2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester
hydrochloride.
Step 3': f-Butyl (R)-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate was prepared from (R)-2- hydroxy-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (602 mg, 4.12 mmol), triflic anhydride (0.696 mL, 4.12 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.480 mL, 4.12 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). To a suspension of ((S)-2- amino-3-(2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester hydrochloride (600 mg, 1.38 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added triethylamine (0.574 mL, 4.12 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirred for 10 min, a half amount of the freshly prepared f-butyl (R)-2- (trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate was added at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Additional triethylamine (0.574 mL, 4.12 mmol) and the rest of f-butyl (R)-2- (trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propionate were added at room temperature and stirred for additional 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with H20 and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/heptane) to give (S)-2-((S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3- (2',5,-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (580 mg). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.41 (s, 9H), 3.00-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.26 (dd, 1H, J = 7.1, 13.9 Hz), 3.70 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.1 , 7.1 Hz), 5.09 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.42 (m, 12H); MS: m/z (MH+) 528. Step 4': A suspension of (S)-2-((S)-1-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(2',5'-dichloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (580mg, 1.10 mmol) and 5% Pd on carbon (0.146 g) in EtOAc (10 mL) was treated with H2 (balloon) and stirred at rt for 1.5 hour. The resulted precipitate was dissolved in methanol and filtered through celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was re-crystallized from EtOAc to give (S)-2-((S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(2',5'-dichloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- propionic acid (438 mg). 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-cf6) δ 1.12 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.35 (s, 9H)r 2.84 (dd, 2H, J = 7.3, 13.6 Hz), 2.95 (dd, 2H, J = 6.1 , 13.6 Hz), 3.20 (dd, 1H, J = 6.8, 13.6 Hz), 3.48 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.1 , 7.3 Hz), 7.33 (d, 2H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.37 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.42-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 8.6 Hz) ; MS: m/z (MH+) 438.
Following intermediates were prepared using similar procedure as intermediate 1 or intermediate 2 with appropriate reagent:
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
amino)-propionic acid
Intermediate 9: [1-(4- ethoxy-benzyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl-amine
H-N
Figure imgf000080_0002
To a suspension of 5-amino-1H-tetrazole (1.50 g, 17.6 mmoi) in D F (30 mL) were added Cs2C03 (8.62 g, 26.4 mmol) and PMBCI (2.90 g, 18.5 mmol). After stirred at 60°C for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with H20 and brine, dried over Na2S0 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with DCM and the resulted precipitate was collected by filtration to give 1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-ylamine (0.625 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-oB) δ 3.73 (s, 3H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 6.78 (s, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.21 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz).
Next, to a suspension of 1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-ylamine (600mg, 2.92 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) were added paraformaldehyde (132 mg, 4.39 mmol) and sodium methoxide (632 mg, 25wt% in MeOH). The mixture was refluxed for 30 min untill the suspension turned into a clear solution. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and sodium borohydride (332 mg, 8.77 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction mixture was refluxed again for 15 min. After cooled to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with H20. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, partially concentrated, and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in DCM) to give [1-(4-methoxy- benzyl)-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl]-methyl-amine (0.63 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.00 (d, 3H, J = 5.3 Hz), 3.61 (bs, 1 H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 6.91 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.16 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz); MS: m/z (MH+) 220.
Following intermediates were prepared using similar procedure as intermediate 1 or intermediate 2 with appropriate reagent:
HPLC-RT MS
Intermediate # intermediate Reagent
(condition) (M+1)
CI
(R)-3-Benzyloxy-2- hydroxy-propionic acid
O OH ethyl ester was used 1.41 min
Intermediate 9 482 instead of (R)-2-hydroxy- (C)
(S)-2-((S)-2- propionic acid ethyl ester
benzyloxy-1- in Step 3
ethoxycarbonyl- ethylamino)-3-(3'- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- propionic acid
CI
(R)-2-Hydroxy-3- methoxy-propionic acid
0 OH ethyl ester was used 0.56min
Intermediate 10 496 instead of {R)-2-hydroxy- <C)
(S)-3-(3'-chloro- propionic acid ethyl ester biphenyl-4-yl)-2-{{S)- in Step 3
1 -ethoxycarbonyl-2- methoxy-ethylamino)- propionic acid
Inteimediate 11 : (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethoxy)- propionic acid
Figure imgf000082_0001
Stepl : To a mixture of 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine (2.5 g, 10.24 mmol) and the solvent of acetic acid (20 ml) and water (75 ml) in an ice bath was added dropwise a solution of sodium nitrite (2.120 g, 30.7 mmol) in water (20.00 ml). The mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred overnight. To the suspension was added methylamine in THF (20.48 ml, 41.0 mmol) dropwise slowly and the mixture turned to clear and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The mixture was concentrated to remove THF and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude as off white solid: 1.7 g (yield: 43%). HPLC retention time = 0.83 minutes (condition A); MS (m+2) = 246.
Step 2: To a solution of (S)-3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-hydroxy-propionic acid (1.5 g, 6.12 mmol) in DME (60 ml) at room temperature was added 3-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (1.436 g, 9.18 mmol) and followed by aq. Na2C03 (6.12 ml, 12.24 mmol) and Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.212 g, 0.184 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 °C overnight. The reaction was added more EtOAc and acidified by 1 N HCI to PH~5. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (20 to 80% ACN-H20 (0.1%TFA)) to give the white solid: 550 mg (yield: 32%). HPLC retention time = 1.23 minutes (condition A); MS (m-1) = 275.
Step 3: To a solution of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-propionic acid benzyl ester (282 mg, 0.769 mmol) in THF (6 ml) at -78 °C was added LiHMDS THF (1.999 ml, 1.999 mmol) and the resulting yellow mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 25 mins then was added (R)- ethyl 2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)propanoate (0.860 ml, 4.61 mmol) at -20 °C. 1hr the reaction was almost complete. The reaction was quenched by sat. NH4CI and was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (75 to 100% ACN-H20 (0.1%TFA)) to give the product: 140 mg (yield: 39%). HPLC retention time = 1.57 minutes (condition C); MS (m+1 ) = 467.
Step 4. A mixture of (S)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethoxy)-propionic acid benzyl ester and 10% Pd/C wet in EtOAc was hydrogenated under H2 baloon for 30 mins. The reaction was filtered off the catalyst and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (15 to 70% ACN-H20 (0.1 %TFA)) to give oil: 128 mg. HPLC retention time = 1.07 minutes (condition C); MS (m-1) = 375. In termed iate 12: (S)-3-(3,-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-methanesulfonylamino-1- methyl-2-oxo-ethylamino)-propionic acid
Figure imgf000084_0001
Step 1 : To a solution of (S)-2-{(S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (1.12 g, 2.27 mmol) in DCM (5 ml.) was added TFA (5 ml_). After being stirred for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in DCM) to give (S)-2-((S)-1-carboxy- ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester. MS: m/z (MH+) 438;
HPLC retention time 0.73 min (HPLC condition C).
Step 2: To a solution of (S)-2-((S)-1-carboxy-ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester (600 mg, 1.37 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (2ml_) was added triphosgene (407 mg, 1.37 mmol). After being stirred for 0.5 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and stirred for addtional 0.5 hours until generation of gas was completed. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and concentrated. This was dissolved in DCM (7 mL) and methanesulfonamide (195 mg, 2.06 mmol) was added. After being stirred at rt for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S0 , concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in DCM) to give (S)-3-{3'- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-methanesulfonylamino-1-methyl-2-oxo-ethylamino)-propionic acid benzyl ester. MS: m/z (MH+) 515; HPLC retention time 1.58 min (HPLC condition A). Step 3: This was dissolved in EtOAc. 5% Pd-C (146 mg) was added and hydrogenated with H2 balloon at rt for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite pad and the filtrate was concentrated. The resultant solid was re-crystallized from MeOH to give (S)-3-(3'-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-methanesulfonylamino-1-methyl-2-oxo-ethylamino)-propionic acid. MS: m/z (MH+) 425; HPLC retention time 1.14 min (HPLC condition A).
Intermediate 12-2: (S)-2-((S)-1 -tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-3-(3'-chloro-biphenyl-4- yl)-propionic acid benzyl ester
Figure imgf000085_0001
Intermediate 12-2 was prepared using similar procedure as intermediate 1 and intermediate 2 with appropriate reagent. MS: m/z (MH+) 494; HPLC retention time 1.50 min (HPLC condition C).
It can be seen that the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity and therefore useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity such as the diseases disclosed herein.
It will be understood that the invention has been described by way of example only and modifications may be made whilst remaining within the scope and spirit of the invention.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. The invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (Γ):
Figure imgf000086_0001
X1 is OH, -0-Ci-7alkyl, -NRaRb, -NHS(0)2-C1-7alkyl or -NHS(0)2-benzyl, wherein Ra and R for each occurrence are independently H or Ci-7alkyl;
R is H, Ci-6 alkyl or C6-io-aryl-C1-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with benzyloxy, hydroxy or C1-6 alkoxy;
for each occurence, R2 is independently C1-6-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C -6-alkyl, cyano or trifluorom ethyl;
A2 is O or NR5;
R4 and R5 are independently H or C1-6 alkyl;
A1 is a bond or C1-3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C6.10-aryl or C3.7-cycloalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalkyi are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, halo, haloC1-6alkyl, C^alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl;
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-C^. 7akyl; or
R4, A1-R3, together with the nitrogen to which R4 and A1-R3 are attached, form a 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl or a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl , each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of 6alkyl, halo, haloC1-6alkyl, d.6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02Ci.6alkyl; and
m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5; s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 of Formula I:
Figure imgf000087_0001
wherein:
X1 represent OH or 0-C1-6-alkyl;
R1 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C6-io-ary!-Ct.e a!kyl;
for each occurence, R2 is independently C^e-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, C1-6-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 are independently H or d-6 alkyl;
A1 is a bond or Ci.3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroary!, Ceno-aryl or C3-7-cycloalkyl, wherein each heteroaryl, aryl or cycloalkyi are optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of C1-ealkyl, halo, haloC1-6alkyl, Ci.6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02C1-6alkyl;
R6 for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, C^alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-Ci- 7akyl; or
R4, A1-R3, together with the nitrogen to which R4 and A1-R3 are attached, form a 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl or a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl , each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of d.
6alkyl, halo, haloC1-6alkyl, C^alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02Ci.6aikyl; and
m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2 of Formula II:
Figure imgf000088_0001
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The compound according to claim 1 or 2 of Formula III
Figure imgf000088_0002
Wherein X2 is halo and p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The compound according to claim 4 of formula IV:
Figure imgf000088_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein
X1 represent OH or O-C^-alkyl;
R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
R2 for each occurrence is independently C1-6-alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, Ci-e-alkyl, cyano or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 are independently H or C1-6 alkyl;
A1 is a bond or d-3alkylene chain;
R3 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkyl, halo, haloC<|.6alkyl, Ci.6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02Ci.6alkyl;
Re for each occurrence is independently halo, hydroxy, d-7alkoxy, halo, C -7alkyl or halo-Ci. 7akyl;
m is 0 or an integer of 1 to 5;
s is 0 or an integer of 1 to 4; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein
A1 is a bond or CH2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein
R1 is methyl or ethyl, R5 and R4 are H; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
9. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein
R3 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiophene, imidazole and thiadiazole; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Chalky!, halo, haloC^alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, C02H and C02Ci.6alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. The compounds of any of the preceding claims wherein
R3 is tetrazole; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. The compounds of any of claims 4 to 10 wherein
X2 is CI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
13. A combination comprising: a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more therapeutically active agents selected from HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker, angiotensin converting enzyme Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker, an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-l mimic, an anti-diabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors, a CETP inhibitor and a phophodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor.
14. A method of inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity in a subject in need thereof, comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
15. A method of treating a disorder or a disease associated with neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity in a subject in need thereof, comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The method according to claim 15, wherein the disorder or the disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure, diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis,atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure, cyclical oedema, Menieres disease, hyperaldosteroneism hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders, asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders, depression, psychotic condition, dementia, geriatric confusion, obesity, gastrointestinal disorders, wound healing, septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
17. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament.
18. Use of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment of a disorder or disease associated with neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity in a subject in need of such treatment.
19. The use of claim 18, wherein the disorder or disease is selected from hypertension, resistant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure, diabetic nephropathy, non- diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis.atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (Ml), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), renal failure, cyclical oedema, Menieres disease,
hyperaldosteroneism hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders, asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders, depression, psychotic condition, dementia, geriatric confusion, obesity, gastrointestinal disorders, wound healing, septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
PCT/EP2010/067781 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors WO2011061271A1 (en)

Priority Applications (24)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2780150A CA2780150C (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
DK10781884.1T DK2501683T3 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylaminoacetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
SI201030649T SI2501683T1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
IN2465DEN2012 IN2012DN02465A (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18
NZ599136A NZ599136A (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
CN201080052316.5A CN102666493B (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 As the carbamo, lmethyl aminobenzoic acid derivative of the replacement of nep inhibitor
EP10781884.1A EP2501683B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
BR112012011977-0A BR112012011977A2 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 carbamoylmethylaminoacetic acid derivatives substituted as nep inhibitors
MA34949A MA33886B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 SUBSTITUTED CARBAMOYLMETHYLAMINOACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS NEW NEP INHIBITORS
EA201200763A EA021479B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
AU2010320930A AU2010320930B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
UAA201206032A UA107092C2 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 SUBSTITUTED CARBAMYOMYLMETHYLMYACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS NEP INHIBITORS
JP2012538365A JP5543609B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylaminoacetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
CUP2012000074A CU24125B1 (en) 2010-06-30 2010-11-18 DERIVATIVES OF CARBAMOIL-METHYL-AMINO-ACETIC ACID REPLACED AS NOVEDOUS NEP INHIBITORS
MX2012005813A MX2012005813A (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors.
KR1020127015833A KR101460421B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
PL10781884T PL2501683T3 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
ES10781884.1T ES2481890T3 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives substituted as new NEP inhibitors
RS20140355A RS53422B (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
ZA2012/02018A ZA201202018B (en) 2009-11-20 2012-03-19 Susbtituted carbamolymenthlamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
TNP2012000125A TN2012000125A1 (en) 2009-11-20 2012-03-21 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
IL219314A IL219314A0 (en) 2009-11-20 2012-04-19 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors
HK12110737.3A HK1170475A1 (en) 2009-11-20 2012-10-26 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors nep
HRP20140691AT HRP20140691T1 (en) 2009-11-20 2014-07-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26313709P 2009-11-20 2009-11-20
US61/263,137 2009-11-20
US35991410P 2010-06-30 2010-06-30
US61/359,914 2010-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011061271A1 true WO2011061271A1 (en) 2011-05-26

Family

ID=43431937

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2010/067781 WO2011061271A1 (en) 2009-11-20 2010-11-18 Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel nep inhibitors

Country Status (37)

Country Link
US (4) US8222286B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2501683B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5543609B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101460421B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102666493B (en)
AR (1) AR079061A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2010320930B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112012011977A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2780150C (en)
CL (1) CL2012001298A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6540001A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20120237A (en)
DK (1) DK2501683T3 (en)
EA (1) EA021479B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP12011978A (en)
ES (2) ES2481890T3 (en)
GT (1) GT201200153A (en)
HK (1) HK1170475A1 (en)
HN (1) HN2012001037A (en)
HR (1) HRP20140691T1 (en)
IL (1) IL219314A0 (en)
IN (1) IN2012DN02465A (en)
JO (1) JO2967B1 (en)
MA (1) MA33886B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2012005813A (en)
MY (1) MY158299A (en)
NZ (1) NZ599136A (en)
PE (1) PE20121311A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2501683T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2501683E (en)
RS (1) RS53422B (en)
SI (1) SI2501683T1 (en)
TN (1) TN2012000125A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI481598B (en)
UY (1) UY33044A (en)
WO (1) WO2011061271A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201202018B (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014081702A2 (en) 2012-11-20 2014-05-30 Novartis Ag Synthetic linear apelin mimetics for the treatment of heart failure
WO2015013169A2 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Novartis Ag Bioconjugates of synthetic apelin polypeptides
WO2015013168A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Novartis Ag Cyclic polypeptides for the treatment of heart failure
US8993631B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2015-03-31 Novartis Ag Method of treating contrast-induced nephropathy
WO2016116842A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2016-07-28 Novartis Ag Synthetic apelin fatty acid conjugates with improved half-life
US10668035B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-06-02 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic ester derivatives as NEP inhibitors
WO2020110011A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic peptides as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2020110009A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic tetramer compounds as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2020110008A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic pentamer compounds as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorder
WO2020254553A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
WO2023084449A1 (en) 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 Novartis Ag Diaminocyclopentylpyridine derivatives for the treatment of a disease or disorder

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SG176010A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2011-12-29 Novartis Ag Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
KR101442897B1 (en) * 2009-05-28 2014-09-23 노파르티스 아게 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
JO2967B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-03-15 نوفارتس ايه جي Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
SG190432A1 (en) 2010-12-15 2013-07-31 Theravance Inc Neprilysin inhibitors
AR084290A1 (en) 2010-12-15 2013-05-08 Theravance Inc NEPRILISIN INHIBITORS, METHODS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND INTERMEDIARIES USED THEREOF, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE THEM AND THEIR USE IN THE MANUFACTURE OF MEDICINES TO TREAT DISEASES MEDIATED BY THE NEP INHIBITION
EP2675792B1 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-01-06 Theravance Biopharma R&D IP, LLC Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
CA2825737C (en) 2011-02-17 2018-11-13 Theravance, Inc. Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
EP2714660B1 (en) 2011-05-31 2018-09-26 Theravance Biopharma R&D IP, LLC Neprilysin inhibitors
WO2012166389A1 (en) 2011-05-31 2012-12-06 Theravance, Inc. Neprilysin inhibitors
CN103596928B (en) 2011-05-31 2017-02-15 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 Neprilysin inhibitors
TWI560172B (en) 2011-11-02 2016-12-01 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
ES2609810T3 (en) 2012-05-31 2017-04-24 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Nitric oxide donor neprilysin inhibitors
JP6162230B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2017-07-12 セラヴァンス バイオファーマ アール＆ディー アイピー， エルエルシー Neprilysin inhibitor
CN104470521B (en) 2012-06-08 2017-04-12 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 Neprilysin inhibitors
DK2882716T3 (en) 2012-08-08 2017-03-06 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
NZ710574A (en) 2013-02-14 2017-11-24 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic phosphonic acid derivatives as nep (neutral endopeptidase) inhibitors
BR112015019307A8 (en) * 2013-02-14 2018-01-30 Novartis Ag bisphenyl substituted butanoic acid derivatives, their uses, and pharmaceutical composition
CA2902456A1 (en) 2013-03-05 2014-09-12 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
CN105960398A (en) 2014-01-30 2016-09-21 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 5-biphenyl-4-heteroarylcarbonylamino-pentanoic acid derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US9593110B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2017-03-14 Theravence Biopharma R&D IP, LLC Neprilysin inhibitors
RU2726623C2 (en) 2015-02-11 2020-07-15 ТЕРЕВАНС БАЙОФАРМА Ар энд Ди АйПи, ЭлЭлСи (2s,4r)-5-(5'-chloro-2'-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-(ethoxyoxalylamino)-2-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpentanoic acid
SI3259255T1 (en) 2015-02-19 2021-04-30 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc (2r,4r)-5-(5'-chloro-2'-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-4-((5-methyloxazole-2-carbonyl)amino)pentanoic acid
AU2017229466C1 (en) 2016-03-08 2021-02-11 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Crystalline(2S,4R)-5-(5'-chloro-2'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-YL)-2-(ethoxymethyl)-4-(3-hydroxyisoxazole-5-carboxamido)-2-methylpentanoic acid and uses thereof

Citations (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0031058A1 (en) 1979-12-19 1981-07-01 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Sulfonyl ureas, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
EP0039051A2 (en) 1980-04-24 1981-11-04 Merck & Co. Inc. Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs for the improved bioavailability of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, a process for preparing and a pharmaceutical composition containing them
EP0122232A1 (en) 1983-04-13 1984-10-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag 20-Spiroxanes and analogues with open ring E, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions
EP0147850A2 (en) 1983-12-30 1985-07-10 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH Phenylacetic-acid derivatives, medicines containing these compounds and process for their preparation
EP0196222A2 (en) 1985-03-27 1986-10-01 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hypoglycemic agent
US4617307A (en) 1984-06-20 1986-10-14 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-A]pyridine derivatives as aromatase inhibitors
US4889861A (en) 1982-12-21 1989-12-26 Ciba-Geigy Corp. Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine derivatives and other substituted bicyclic derivatives and their use as aromatase inhibitors
WO1991011457A1 (en) 1990-01-24 1991-08-08 Buckley Douglas I Glp-1 analogs useful for diabetes treatment
US5118666A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
US5120712A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-09 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
EP0507534A1 (en) 1991-03-30 1992-10-07 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Succinic acid compounds
EP0526171A2 (en) 1991-07-30 1993-02-03 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Crystals of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine and methods for preparing them
EP0526708A1 (en) 1991-06-13 1993-02-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Sulfonamide, preparation and use thereof as medicine and intermediate
EP0589874A1 (en) 1991-06-21 1994-04-06 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH (s)(+)-2-ethoxy-4- n- 1-(2-piperidinophenyl)-3-methyl-1-butyl]aminocarbonylmethyl]benzoic acid
WO1995015309A1 (en) 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 Ferring B.V. Dp-iv-serine protease inhibitors
US5512549A (en) 1994-10-18 1996-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptide analogs, compositions, and methods of use
US5512548A (en) 1991-12-19 1996-04-30 Southwest Foundation For Biomedical Research CETP inhibitor polypeptide, antibodies against the synthetic polypeptide and prophylactic and therapeutic anti-atherosclerosis treatments
WO1996019459A1 (en) 1994-12-20 1996-06-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel sulfonamides
DE19616486A1 (en) 1996-04-25 1997-10-30 Knoell Hans Forschung Ev Method of lowering blood glucose levels in mammals
US5705483A (en) 1993-12-09 1998-01-06 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptides, compositions and methods
WO1998019998A2 (en) 1996-11-07 1998-05-14 Novartis Ag N-substituted 2-cyanopyrrolidines
WO2000017165A1 (en) 1998-09-17 2000-03-30 Pfizer Products Inc. 4-amino substituted-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines as cetp inhibitors
WO2000034241A1 (en) 1998-12-10 2000-06-15 Novartis Ag N-substituted 2-cyanopyrrolidines
US6197786B1 (en) 1998-09-17 2001-03-06 Pfizer Inc 4-Carboxyamino-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines
WO2001076574A2 (en) 2000-04-12 2001-10-18 Novartis Ag Novel medical use of aldosterone synthase inhibitors alone or in combination with at1-receptor antagonists
WO2004014914A1 (en) 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 Novartis Ag Organic compounds as agents for the treatment of aldosterone mediated conditions
US6723752B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-04-20 Pharmacia Corporation (R)-chiral halogenated substituted n-benzyl-n-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
WO2004046145A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-06-03 Novartis Ag Imidazo[1, 5a]pyridine derivatives and methods for treating aldosterone mediated diseases
WO2004078163A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical co-crystal compositions of drugs such as carbamazepine, celecoxib, olanzapine, itraconazole, topiramate, modafinil, 5-fluorouracil, hydrochlorothiazide, acetaminophen, aspirin, flurbiprofen, phenytoin and ibuprofen
WO2005095409A2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-10-13 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Tetrahydroquinoline derivatives and a process for preparing the same
WO2005097806A1 (en) 2004-03-26 2005-10-20 Eli Lilly And Company Compounds and methods for treating dyslipidemia
WO2006005726A2 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic compounds
WO2006015885A1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-16 University College Dublin, National University Of Ireland, Dublin Amino acid dehydrogenase-derived biocatalysts
WO2006128853A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2006128852A2 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2006128851A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Fused imidazole derivatives and use thereof as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20070049616A1 (en) 2005-08-25 2007-03-01 Ksander Gary M Organic compounds
WO2007065942A2 (en) 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Speedel Experimenta Ag Bis-heterocyclic imidazolyl compounds
US20070208035A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2007-09-06 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20070225232A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2007-09-27 Peter Herold Tetrahydro-Imidazo [1,5-A] Pyridyin Derivatives as Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors
WO2007116908A1 (en) 2006-04-04 2007-10-18 Taiyo Nippon Sanso Corporation Method for separation of methane, methane separator, and methane utilization system
WO2007116099A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2007-10-18 Speedel Experimenta Ag Imidazo compounds
EP1886695A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2008-02-13 Speedel Experimenta AG Pharmaceutical combination of an aldosterone synthase inhibitor and a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist or a cortisol synthesis inhibitor or a corticotropin releasing factor antagonist
WO2008027284A1 (en) 2006-08-25 2008-03-06 Novartis Ag Fused imidazole derivatives for the treatment of disorders mediated by aldosterone synthase and/or 11-beta-hydroxylase and/or aromatase
US20080076794A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2008-03-27 Peter Herold Heterocyclic Compounds And Their Use As Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors
WO2008076860A1 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag 4-imidazolyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline derivatives and their use as aldosterone/11-beta-hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2008076862A2 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag 1-substituted imidazole derivatives and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2008076336A2 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag Imidazoles as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2008119744A1 (en) 2007-03-29 2008-10-09 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds
US20090012068A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-01-08 Peter Herold Condensed Imidazole Derivatives as Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors

Family Cites Families (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH650265A5 (en) 1978-11-25 1985-07-15 Nippon Kayaku Kk METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SUBSTITUTED THREO-3-AMINO-2-HYDROXYBUTANOYLAMINO ACETIC ACIDS.
IT1148006B (en) 1980-04-11 1986-11-26 Wellcome Found STARCHES EQUIPPED WITH PHARMACEUTICAL PROPERTIES AND THEIR PREPARATION
US4721726A (en) * 1980-12-18 1988-01-26 Schering Corporation Substituted dipeptides as inhibitors of enkephalinases
US4610816A (en) * 1980-12-18 1986-09-09 Schering Corporation Substituted dipeptides as inhibitors of enkephalinases
IE53315B1 (en) * 1980-12-18 1988-10-12 Schering Corp Substituted dipeptides,processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in the inhibition of enkephalinase
JPS5865260A (en) 1981-10-13 1983-04-18 Microbial Chem Res Found 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutyric acid derivative and pharmaceutical composition
FR2518088B1 (en) 1981-12-16 1987-11-27 Roques Bernard NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
NZ201001A (en) * 1982-06-17 1986-02-21 Schering Corp Substituted dipeptide derivatives and method of preparation
DE3376649D1 (en) 1982-06-17 1988-06-23 Schering Corp Substituted dipeptides, methods for their production, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, method for making such pharmaceutical compositions
DK31784A (en) 1983-01-28 1984-07-29 Schering Corp PHOSPHOUS AMID COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THESE, AND PROCEDURES FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE COMPOUNDS
EP0136883B1 (en) 1983-10-03 1987-11-25 E.R. Squibb &amp; Sons, Inc. Enkephalinase inhibitors
JPS60248659A (en) * 1984-05-25 1985-12-09 Microbial Chem Res Found 3(n-(mercaptoacyl))amino-4-arylbutyric acid derivative and analgesic containing said derivative as active component
FR2597865B1 (en) 1986-04-29 1990-11-09 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL DERIVATIVES OF A BENZYL ALKYL CARBOXYLIC ACID SUBSTITUTED BY A RADICAL 4-PYRIDINYL AMINOCARBONYL, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS, THE NEW INTERMEDIATES OBTAINED, THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
FR2605004B1 (en) 1986-09-25 1989-01-13 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM
CA1337400C (en) 1987-06-08 1995-10-24 Norma G. Delaney Inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase
AU4211989A (en) * 1988-08-18 1990-03-23 California Biotechnology, Inc. Atrial natriuretic peptide clearance inhibitors
FR2651229B1 (en) 1989-08-24 1991-12-13 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION.
FR2652087B1 (en) * 1989-09-15 1993-10-15 Bioprojet Ste Civile AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS.
WO1991009840A1 (en) 1989-12-22 1991-07-11 Schering Corporation Mercaptocycloacyl aminoacid endopeptidase inhibitors
US5223516A (en) * 1990-03-22 1993-06-29 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-mercaptomethyl-N-tetrazolyl substituted propanamides and method of using same
US5200426A (en) * 1990-08-14 1993-04-06 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas Inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase/CALLA as chemotherapeutic agents
JPH04149166A (en) 1990-10-12 1992-05-22 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Novel keto acid amide derivative
CA2058797A1 (en) 1991-02-01 1992-08-02 Michael John Broadhurst Amino acid derivatives
US5294632A (en) * 1991-05-01 1994-03-15 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono/biaryl substituted dipetide derivatives
GB9114006D0 (en) 1991-06-28 1991-08-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New propionamide derivatives,processes for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
EP0533130A1 (en) 1991-09-19 1993-03-24 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft 2-Hydroxymethylpyridines, the corresponding pyridine-N-oxides and derivatives thereof, process for their preparation and their use
CA2078759C (en) 1991-09-27 2003-09-16 Alan M. Warshawsky Novel carboxyalkyl derivatives useful as inhibitors of enkephalinase and ace
US5273990A (en) * 1992-09-03 1993-12-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono substituted tetrazole derivatives
US5250522A (en) * 1992-10-09 1993-10-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono/biaryl substituted amino acid derivatives
US5217996A (en) * 1992-01-22 1993-06-08 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Biaryl substituted 4-amino-butyric acid amides
JPH06234630A (en) 1992-12-17 1994-08-23 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Ltd Neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitor
AU6267894A (en) 1993-03-02 1994-09-26 G.D. Searle & Co. N-acyl beta amino acid derivatives useful as platelet aggregation inhibitors
JP3576193B2 (en) 1993-12-03 2004-10-13 第一製薬株式会社 Biphenylmethyl-substituted valerylamide derivatives
US5517996A (en) * 1994-04-21 1996-05-21 Hitachi Medical Corporation Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus
IT1270261B (en) 1994-06-21 1997-04-29 Zambon Spa PEPTIDAL DERIVATIVES WITH INHIBITIVE ACTIVITY OF METALLOPEPTIDASES
KR100376150B1 (en) * 1994-11-04 2003-11-01 산텐 세이야꾸 가부시키가이샤 1,3-dialkylurea derivatives containing hydroxy groups
EP0798291B1 (en) * 1994-12-14 2002-09-11 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel 1,3-dialkylurea derivatives
US5550119A (en) * 1995-03-02 1996-08-27 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono substituted tetrazole derivatives as ECE inhibitors
US5703092A (en) * 1995-04-18 1997-12-30 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Hydroxamic acid compounds as metalloprotease and TNF inhibitors
US5710171A (en) * 1995-05-24 1998-01-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Bisphenyl inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
IL118657A0 (en) 1996-06-14 1996-10-16 Arad Dorit Inhibitors for picornavirus proteases
JP2002514179A (en) 1996-09-04 2002-05-14 ワーナー―ランバート・コンパニー Biphenylbutyric acid and its derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
FR2755135B1 (en) 1996-10-25 2002-12-27 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med NOVEL (ALPHA-AMINOPHOSPHINO) PEPTIDES DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
DE69833654T2 (en) 1997-05-29 2006-12-14 Merck & Co., Inc. (A New Jersey Corp.) BIARYL ALKANIC ACIDS IN USE AS CELL ADHESION INHIBITORS
AU1411499A (en) 1997-11-20 1999-06-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Para-aminomethylaryl carboxamide derivatives
WO1999026922A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyrrole derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
CA2309341A1 (en) 1997-11-24 1999-06-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted .beta.-alanine derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
MY153569A (en) 1998-01-20 2015-02-27 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp Inhibitors of ?4 mediated cell adhesion
US6169103B1 (en) * 1998-03-03 2001-01-02 Warner-Lambert Fluorine-substituted biphenyl butyric acids and their derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
JP4070357B2 (en) 1999-06-03 2008-04-02 花王株式会社 Skin preparation
GB2354440A (en) 1999-07-20 2001-03-28 Merck & Co Inc Aryl amides as cell adhesion inhibitors
US6509330B2 (en) * 2000-02-17 2003-01-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hydroxamic acid containing compounds useful as ACE inhibitors and/or NEP inhibotors
ES2257441T3 (en) 2000-09-29 2006-08-01 Topotarget Uk Limited CARBON ACID COMPOUNDS THAT INCLUDE AN AMINO LINK AS HDAC INHIBITORS.
DE60315795T2 (en) 2002-01-17 2008-06-05 Novartis Ag PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING VALSARTAN AND NEP INHIBITORS
JP4233353B2 (en) 2002-02-27 2009-03-04 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition
US20040063761A1 (en) * 2002-08-06 2004-04-01 Kuduk Scott D. 2-(biarylalkyl)amino-3-(fluoroalkanoylamino)pyridine derivatives
US20040142379A1 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-07-22 Carlsberg Research Laboratory Affinity fishing for ligands and proteins receptors
RS20050814A (en) 2003-04-30 2008-04-04 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Substituted amino carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b
US20070197541A1 (en) 2003-07-29 2007-08-23 Oyelere Adegboyega K Biaryl heterocyclic amines,amides, and sulfur-containing compounds and methods of making and using the same
US7501538B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2009-03-10 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Aryl and heteroaryl compounds, compositions and methods of use
EP1778214A4 (en) 2004-07-27 2010-04-14 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel biphenyl compounds and their use
CA2588776A1 (en) 2004-11-18 2006-05-26 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted amino carboxylic acids
WO2006069096A1 (en) 2004-12-20 2006-06-29 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Silanol derivatives as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
MY146830A (en) * 2005-02-11 2012-09-28 Novartis Ag Combination of organic compounds
WO2007045663A2 (en) 2005-10-19 2007-04-26 Novartis Ag Combination of an ati receptor antagonist and a np inhibitor fro treating ia hypertension and heartfailure
WO2007056324A2 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Novartis Ag Combination of an angiotensin ii receptor blocker, a calcium channel blocker and another active agent
AR057882A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-12-26 Novartis Ag DOUBLE ACTION COMPOUNDS OF ANGIOTENSIN RECEPTOR BLOCKERS AND NEUTRAL ENDOPEPTIDASE INHIBITORS
CA2650329A1 (en) 2006-05-15 2008-06-19 Irm Llc Terephthalamate compounds and compositions, and their use as hiv integrase inhibitors
EP1903027A1 (en) 2006-09-13 2008-03-26 Novartis AG Process for preparing biaryl substituted 4-amino-butyric acid or derivatives thereof and their use in the production of NEP inhibitors
CA2674291C (en) 2007-01-12 2015-11-24 Novartis Ag New process
TW200838501A (en) * 2007-02-02 2008-10-01 Theravance Inc Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
TWI448284B (en) * 2007-04-24 2014-08-11 Theravance Inc Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
US8980833B2 (en) 2007-05-10 2015-03-17 R&D-Biopharmaceuticals Gmbh Tubulysine derivatives
TWI406850B (en) 2007-06-05 2013-09-01 Theravance Inc Dual-acting benzoimidazole antihypertensive agents
PT2295035T (en) 2007-11-06 2016-08-22 Novartis Ag Dual-acting pharmaceutical compositions based on superstructures of angiotensin receptor antagonist/blocker (arb) and neutral endopeptidase (nep) inhibitor
JP2011506459A (en) 2007-12-11 2011-03-03 セラヴァンス， インコーポレーテッド Dual acting benzimidazole derivatives and their use as antihypertensive agents
EP2070928A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2009-06-17 NERVIANO MEDICAL SCIENCES S.r.l. 7-azaindol-3-ylacrylamides active as kinase inhibitors
AR070176A1 (en) 2008-01-17 2010-03-17 Novartis Ag SYNTHESIS PROCESSES OF NEP INHIBITORS, INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS AND USE OF THE SAME IN SYNTHESIS
US7863309B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2011-01-04 Theravance, Inc. Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
SG176010A1 (en) * 2009-05-28 2011-12-29 Novartis Ag Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
KR101442897B1 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-09-23 노파르티스 아게 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
CA2772681C (en) 2009-09-23 2017-01-03 Zhejiang Jiuzhou Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Process for manufacture of n-acylbphenyl alanine
JO2967B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-03-15 نوفارتس ايه جي Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors

Patent Citations (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0031058A1 (en) 1979-12-19 1981-07-01 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Sulfonyl ureas, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
EP0039051A2 (en) 1980-04-24 1981-11-04 Merck & Co. Inc. Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs for the improved bioavailability of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, a process for preparing and a pharmaceutical composition containing them
US4889861A (en) 1982-12-21 1989-12-26 Ciba-Geigy Corp. Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine derivatives and other substituted bicyclic derivatives and their use as aromatase inhibitors
EP0122232A1 (en) 1983-04-13 1984-10-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag 20-Spiroxanes and analogues with open ring E, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions
EP0207331A1 (en) 1983-12-30 1987-01-07 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH Solid forms of 2-ethoxy-4-[N-(1-(2-piperidino-phenyl)-3-methyl-1-butyl)-amino-carbonylmethyl]-benzoic acid, medicaments containing these forms and process for their preparation
EP0147850A2 (en) 1983-12-30 1985-07-10 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH Phenylacetic-acid derivatives, medicines containing these compounds and process for their preparation
US4617307A (en) 1984-06-20 1986-10-14 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-A]pyridine derivatives as aromatase inhibitors
EP0196222A2 (en) 1985-03-27 1986-10-01 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hypoglycemic agent
US5118666A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
US5120712A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-09 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
WO1991011457A1 (en) 1990-01-24 1991-08-08 Buckley Douglas I Glp-1 analogs useful for diabetes treatment
EP0507534A1 (en) 1991-03-30 1992-10-07 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Succinic acid compounds
EP0526708A1 (en) 1991-06-13 1993-02-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Sulfonamide, preparation and use thereof as medicine and intermediate
EP0589874A1 (en) 1991-06-21 1994-04-06 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH (s)(+)-2-ethoxy-4- n- 1-(2-piperidinophenyl)-3-methyl-1-butyl]aminocarbonylmethyl]benzoic acid
EP0526171A2 (en) 1991-07-30 1993-02-03 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Crystals of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine and methods for preparing them
US5512548A (en) 1991-12-19 1996-04-30 Southwest Foundation For Biomedical Research CETP inhibitor polypeptide, antibodies against the synthetic polypeptide and prophylactic and therapeutic anti-atherosclerosis treatments
WO1995015309A1 (en) 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 Ferring B.V. Dp-iv-serine protease inhibitors
US5705483A (en) 1993-12-09 1998-01-06 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptides, compositions and methods
US5512549A (en) 1994-10-18 1996-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptide analogs, compositions, and methods of use
WO1996019459A1 (en) 1994-12-20 1996-06-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel sulfonamides
DE19616486A1 (en) 1996-04-25 1997-10-30 Knoell Hans Forschung Ev Method of lowering blood glucose levels in mammals
WO1998019998A2 (en) 1996-11-07 1998-05-14 Novartis Ag N-substituted 2-cyanopyrrolidines
WO2000017165A1 (en) 1998-09-17 2000-03-30 Pfizer Products Inc. 4-amino substituted-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines as cetp inhibitors
US6140343A (en) 1998-09-17 2000-10-31 Pfizer 4-amino substituted-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines
US6197786B1 (en) 1998-09-17 2001-03-06 Pfizer Inc 4-Carboxyamino-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines
WO2000034241A1 (en) 1998-12-10 2000-06-15 Novartis Ag N-substituted 2-cyanopyrrolidines
US6723752B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-04-20 Pharmacia Corporation (R)-chiral halogenated substituted n-benzyl-n-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
WO2001076574A2 (en) 2000-04-12 2001-10-18 Novartis Ag Novel medical use of aldosterone synthase inhibitors alone or in combination with at1-receptor antagonists
WO2004014914A1 (en) 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 Novartis Ag Organic compounds as agents for the treatment of aldosterone mediated conditions
WO2004046145A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-06-03 Novartis Ag Imidazo[1, 5a]pyridine derivatives and methods for treating aldosterone mediated diseases
WO2004078163A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical co-crystal compositions of drugs such as carbamazepine, celecoxib, olanzapine, itraconazole, topiramate, modafinil, 5-fluorouracil, hydrochlorothiazide, acetaminophen, aspirin, flurbiprofen, phenytoin and ibuprofen
WO2005097806A1 (en) 2004-03-26 2005-10-20 Eli Lilly And Company Compounds and methods for treating dyslipidemia
WO2005095409A2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-10-13 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Tetrahydroquinoline derivatives and a process for preparing the same
US20080076794A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2008-03-27 Peter Herold Heterocyclic Compounds And Their Use As Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors
US20070208035A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2007-09-06 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20080318978A2 (en) 2004-05-28 2008-12-25 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic compounds and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20070225232A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2007-09-27 Peter Herold Tetrahydro-Imidazo [1,5-A] Pyridyin Derivatives as Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors
WO2006005726A2 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic compounds
WO2006015885A1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-16 University College Dublin, National University Of Ireland, Dublin Amino acid dehydrogenase-derived biocatalysts
WO2006128851A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Fused imidazole derivatives and use thereof as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2006128852A2 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2006128853A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20070049616A1 (en) 2005-08-25 2007-03-01 Ksander Gary M Organic compounds
WO2007065942A2 (en) 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Speedel Experimenta Ag Bis-heterocyclic imidazolyl compounds
WO2007116908A1 (en) 2006-04-04 2007-10-18 Taiyo Nippon Sanso Corporation Method for separation of methane, methane separator, and methane utilization system
WO2007116099A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2007-10-18 Speedel Experimenta Ag Imidazo compounds
US20090048241A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-02-19 Speedel Experimenta Ag Condensed Imidazole Derivatives as Aromatase Inhibitors
US20090012068A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-01-08 Peter Herold Condensed Imidazole Derivatives as Aldosterone Synthase Inhibitors
EP1886695A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2008-02-13 Speedel Experimenta AG Pharmaceutical combination of an aldosterone synthase inhibitor and a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist or a cortisol synthesis inhibitor or a corticotropin releasing factor antagonist
WO2008027284A1 (en) 2006-08-25 2008-03-06 Novartis Ag Fused imidazole derivatives for the treatment of disorders mediated by aldosterone synthase and/or 11-beta-hydroxylase and/or aromatase
WO2008076336A2 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag Imidazoles as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2008076862A2 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag 1-substituted imidazole derivatives and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
WO2008076860A1 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Novartis Ag 4-imidazolyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline derivatives and their use as aldosterone/11-beta-hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2008119744A1 (en) 2007-03-29 2008-10-09 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds

Non-Patent Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 20th ed.,", 1985, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed.", 1990, MACK PRINTING COMPANY, pages: 1289 - 1329
BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 6, 1996, pages 1951 - 1954
BUNDGAARD, J. MED. CHEM., 1989, pages 2503
BUNDGAARD: "Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
C. ORSKOV ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 264, 1989, pages 12826
DE LOMBAERT ET AL., BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 4, no. 22, 1994, pages 2715 - 2720
DE LOMBAERT ET AL., BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 5, no. 2, 1995, pages 145 - 150
DE LOMBAERT S ET AL: "Non-peptidic inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase 24.11 - 1. Discovery and optimization of potency", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, PERGAMON, ELSEVIER SCIENCE, GB, vol. 5, no. 2, 19 January 1995 (1995-01-19), pages 145 - 150, XP004135805, ISSN: 0960-894X, DOI: DOI:10.1016/0960-894X(94)00474-T *
DOERING K; MEDER G; HINNENBERGER M; WOELCKE J; MAYR LM; HASSIEPEN U, BIOMOL SCREEN., vol. 14, no. 1, January 2009 (2009-01-01), pages 1 - 9
GREIG ET AL., DIABETOLOGIA, vol. 42, 1999, pages 45 - 50
HOUBEN-WEYL: "Methods of Organic Synthesis 4th Ed.", vol. 21, 1952, THIEME
J CLIN PHARMACOL, vol. 27, 1987, pages 927
J HYPERTENS, vol. 19, 2001, pages 1923
J. ANTIBIOT., vol. 49, no. 8, 1996, pages 815 - 816
J. F. W. MCOMIE: "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", 1973, PLENUM PRESS
LOMBAERT DE S ET AL: "DUAL INHIBITION OF NEUTRAL ENDOPEPTIDASE AND ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTINGENZYME BY N-PHOSPHONOMETHYL AND N-CARBOXYALKYL DIPEPTIDES", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, PERGAMON, ELSEVIER SCIENCE, GB, vol. 4, no. 22, 1 January 1994 (1994-01-01), pages 2715 - 2720, XP000569948, ISSN: 0960-894X, DOI: DOI:10.1016/S0960-894X(01)80703-4 *
PEPTIDES, vol. 9, 1988, pages 173
PHARMACOL REV, vol. 45, 1993, pages 87
STAHL AND WERMUTH: "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use", 2002, WILEY-VCH,
T. W. GREENE; P. G. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Third edition,", 1999, WILEY,
W.E. SCHMIDT ET AL., DIABETOLOGIA, vol. 28, 1985, pages 704 - 707
WERMUTH,: "The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry", 2001, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Ch. 31-32"

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8993631B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2015-03-31 Novartis Ag Method of treating contrast-induced nephropathy
WO2014081702A2 (en) 2012-11-20 2014-05-30 Novartis Ag Synthetic linear apelin mimetics for the treatment of heart failure
WO2015013169A2 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Novartis Ag Bioconjugates of synthetic apelin polypeptides
WO2015013168A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Novartis Ag Cyclic polypeptides for the treatment of heart failure
WO2016116842A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2016-07-28 Novartis Ag Synthetic apelin fatty acid conjugates with improved half-life
US10668035B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2020-06-02 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic ester derivatives as NEP inhibitors
US11426375B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2022-08-30 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic ester derivatives as NEP inhibitors
WO2020110011A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic peptides as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2020110009A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic tetramer compounds as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2020110008A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic pentamer compounds as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorder
WO2020254553A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
WO2023084449A1 (en) 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 Novartis Ag Diaminocyclopentylpyridine derivatives for the treatment of a disease or disorder

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DK2501683T3 (en) 2014-06-30
JP2014167015A (en) 2014-09-11
CR20120237A (en) 2012-06-07
JP5543609B2 (en) 2014-07-09
PT2501683E (en) 2014-07-24
HK1170475A1 (en) 2013-03-01
EP2501683B1 (en) 2014-04-23
UY33044A (en) 2011-06-30
MA33886B1 (en) 2013-01-02
PL2501683T3 (en) 2014-09-30
ES2598961T3 (en) 2017-01-30
BR112012011977A2 (en) 2020-09-08
TN2012000125A1 (en) 2013-09-19
EA201200763A1 (en) 2012-12-28
KR101460421B1 (en) 2014-11-10
TWI481598B (en) 2015-04-21
MX2012005813A (en) 2012-06-12
HN2012001037A (en) 2015-08-10
HRP20140691T1 (en) 2014-10-24
GT201200153A (en) 2014-12-30
US20130096168A1 (en) 2013-04-18
NZ599136A (en) 2013-07-26
SI2501683T1 (en) 2014-07-31
CN102666493A (en) 2012-09-12
CL2012001298A1 (en) 2012-10-05
CA2780150A1 (en) 2011-05-26
EP2735561B1 (en) 2016-07-20
CN102666493B (en) 2015-09-23
CA2780150C (en) 2017-10-17
IN2012DN02465A (en) 2015-08-21
JO2967B1 (en) 2016-03-15
US8222286B2 (en) 2012-07-17
AR079061A1 (en) 2011-12-21
ZA201202018B (en) 2012-11-28
KR20120084327A (en) 2012-07-27
IL219314A0 (en) 2012-06-28
RS53422B (en) 2014-12-31
US20140088165A1 (en) 2014-03-27
US8877786B2 (en) 2014-11-04
ECSP12011978A (en) 2012-07-31
ES2481890T3 (en) 2014-07-31
US8377978B2 (en) 2013-02-19
EA021479B1 (en) 2015-06-30
AU2010320930A1 (en) 2012-04-12
CO6540001A2 (en) 2012-10-16
JP2013510835A (en) 2013-03-28
US20120202862A1 (en) 2012-08-09
US8642635B2 (en) 2014-02-04
PE20121311A1 (en) 2012-10-12
EP2735561A1 (en) 2014-05-28
EP2501683A1 (en) 2012-09-26
TW201121949A (en) 2011-07-01
AU2010320930B2 (en) 2014-05-15
MY158299A (en) 2016-09-30
US20110124695A1 (en) 2011-05-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8877786B2 (en) Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
US9603819B2 (en) Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
AU2011331294B2 (en) Substituted amino bisphenyl pentanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
EP2594556B1 (en) Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US8877815B2 (en) Substituted carbamoylcycloalkyl acetic acid derivatives as NEP
AU2014216417B2 (en) Substituted bisphenyl butanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors with improved in vivo efficacy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080052316.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10781884

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12012500519

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010320930

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2465/DELNP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010320930

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20101118

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 219314

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2780150

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: CR2012-000237

Country of ref document: CR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12076695

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012538365

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2010781884

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 000661-2012

Country of ref document: PE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012001298

Country of ref document: CL

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/005813

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1201002216

Country of ref document: TH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201200763

Country of ref document: EA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20127015833

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A201206032

Country of ref document: UA

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012011977

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2014/0355

Country of ref document: RS

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012011977

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120518